e10vk
U. S. SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2008
|
Commission File Number 1-31923
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
86-0226984
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
20410 North 19th Avenue, Suite 200
Phoenix, Arizona 85027
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
(623) 445-9500
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
|
|
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class:
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered:
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
As of November 17, 2008, 25,089,517 shares of common
stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the shares
of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the
last business day of the Companys most recently completed
second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2008) was
approximately $250,079,300 (based upon the closing price of the
common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange). For purposes of this calculation, the Company has
excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned
by all executive officers and directors of the Company.
Documents
Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement for
the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
INDEX TO
FORM 10-K
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2008
i
PART I
Overview
We are the leading provider of post-secondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment. We offer
undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at 10
campuses across the United States. We also offer
manufacturer specific advanced training (MSAT) programs that are
sponsored by the manufacturer or dealer, at 19 dedicated
training centers. For the twelve months ended September 30,
2008, our average undergraduate enrollment was
14,941 full-time students. We have provided technical
education for over 40 years.
We believe the market for qualified service technicians is large
and growing. In the most recent data provided, the
U.S. Department of Labor estimated that in 2006 there were
approximately 773,000 working automotive technicians in the
United States, and this number was expected to increase by 14%
from 2006 to 2016. Other 2006 estimates provided by the
U.S. Department of Labor indicate that from 2006 to 2016
the number of technicians in the other industries we serve,
including diesel repair, collision repair, motorcycle repair and
marine repair, are expected to increase by 12%, 12%, 13% and
19%, respectively. This need for technicians is due to a variety
of factors, including technological advancement in the
industries our graduates enter, a continued increase in the
number of automobiles, trucks, motorcycles and boats in service,
as well as an aging and retiring workforce that generally
requires training to keep up with technological advancements and
maintain its technical competency. As a result of these factors,
there will be an average of approximately 43,600 new job
openings annually for new entrants from 2006 to 2016 in the
fields we serve, according to data collected by the
U.S. Department of Labor. In addition to the increase in
demand for newly qualified technicians, manufacturers, dealer
networks, transportation companies and governmental entities
with large fleets are outsourcing their training functions,
seeking preferred education providers which can offer high
quality curricula and have a national presence to meet the
employment and advanced training needs of their national dealer
networks.
We work closely with leading original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service
professionals. Through our relationships with OEMs, we are able
to continuously refine and expand our programs and curricula. We
believe our industry-oriented educational philosophy and
national presence have enabled us to develop valuable industry
relationships which provide us with significant competitive
strength and support our market leadership. We are a primary,
and often the sole, provider of manufacturer-based training
programs pursuant to written agreements with various OEMs
whereby we offer technician training programs using OEM provided
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula. These OEMs
include: Audi of America; American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of
North America, LLC; Cummins, Inc.; Daimler Trucks N.A.; Ford
Motor Co.; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; International Truck and
Engine Corp.; Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.; Mercedes-Benz USA,
LLC; Mercury Marine; Nissan North America, Inc.; Toyota
Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.; Volkswagen of America, Inc.; Volvo
Cars of North America, Inc. and Volvo Penta of the Americas,
Inc. In addition, we provide technician training programs
pursuant to verbal agreements with the following OEMs: American
Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp; Mercury
Marine; Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. and Yamaha Motor
Corp., USA.
Through our campus-based undergraduate programs, we offer
specialized technical education under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI). The majority of our undergraduate programs are
designed to be completed in 12 to 18 months and culminate
in an associate of occupational studies (AOS) degree, diploma or
certificate, depending on the program and campus. Tuition ranges
from approximately $17,750 to $40,650 per program, primarily
depending on the nature and length of the program. Upon
completion of one of our automotive or diesel undergraduate
programs, qualifying students have the opportunity to enroll in
one of the manufacturer specific advanced training programs that
we offer. These manufacturer programs are offered in a facility
in which the OEM supplies the vehicles, equipment, specialty
tools and curricula. Tuition for these advanced training
programs is paid by each participating OEM or dealer in
1
return for a commitment by the student to work for a dealer of
that OEM upon graduation. We also provide continuing education
and training to experienced technicians at our customers
sites or in our training facilities.
Available
Information
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 are available on our website, www.uti.edu under the
Investors Information SEC
Filings captions, as soon as reasonably practicable after
we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reports of our
executive officers, directors and any other persons required to
file securities ownership reports under Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available through
our website. Information contained on our website is not a part
of this Report.
In Part III of this
Form 10-K,
we incorporate by reference certain information from
parts of other documents filed with the SEC, specifically our
proxy statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to
it in that manner. Please refer to such information. We
anticipate that on or before January 16, 2009, our proxy
statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be
filed with the SEC and available on our website at
www.uti.edu under the Investors
Information SEC Filings captions.
Information relating to corporate governance at UTI, including
our Code of Conduct for all of our employees and our
Supplemental Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and
senior financial officers, and information concerning Board
Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our
website at www.uti.edu under the
Investors Information Corporate
Governance captions. We will provide any of the foregoing
information without charge upon written request to Universal
Technical Institute, Inc., 20410 North 19th Avenue,
Suite 200, Phoenix, Arizona 85027, Attention: Investor
Relations.
Business
Strategy
Our goal is to strengthen our position as the leading provider
of post-secondary technical education services by effectively
recruiting, training and placing professional auto, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians to meet the
needs of our industry customers. To attain this goal, we intend
to pursue the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Optimize Marketing and Sales. Since our
founding in 1965, we have grown our business and expanded our
campus footprint to establish a national presence. Through the
UTI, MMI and NASCAR Technical Institute brands, our
undergraduate campuses and advanced training centers currently
provide us with local representation covering several geographic
regions across the United States. Supporting our campuses, we
maintain a national recruiting network of approximately 295
education representatives who are able to identify, advise and
enroll students from all 50 states and
U.S. territories.
|
Our marketing strategies are designed to align lead generation
and lead conversion tactics with specific potential student
segments. We leverage a web-centric lead generation platform
that focuses on nationally efficient advertising coupled with
the internet, where our web site acts as the primary hub of our
campaigns to inform, educate and convert site visitors to leads.
Currently, we advertise on television, radio and multiple
internet sites, in magazines, and use events, direct mail and
telemarketing to reach prospective students.
Additionally, to enhance the productivity of our admissions
representatives, we have increased our emphasis on local
marketing and outreach by driving potential prospective students
to visit our campuses and take tours. Moreover, to assist in
converting prospective students to enrolled students, we deploy
specific student contact strategies that deliver relevant
content and messaging that matches where the prospective student
is in his or her buying process. Through the efforts of our
national recruiting network combined with our marketing
strategies, we seek to grow our student population in order to
improve our current capacity utilization.
|
|
|
|
|
Increase Funding Opportunities. Our
students fund a significant portion of their education through
traditional governmental financial aid programs. They also
finance a portion of their education through
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
additional funding sources including commercial loan programs,
alternative student loan options, a military veteran tuition
discount program and a need-based scholarship program. We also
award merit-based scholarships to participants in state,
regional and national skills competitions including
our own
UTI-sponsored
scholarship. Furthermore, we support the Career College
Associations Imagine America Program, which awards
scholarships to students from eligible high schools.
|
The evolving federal student lending environment and the
tightening credit market have created challenges for our
students to find acceptable financial solutions to fund the
portion of their education not funded under the programs
discussed above. In response to the challenges experienced by
our students, during 2008 we established a proprietary loan
program for students who are not able to fully finance the cost
of their education through traditional funding sources. The
program is designed to offer terms which meet the needs of our
students and are competitive with the market.
Additionally, we have received approval from the Department of
Education for all of our campuses to participate in the William
D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program. We are taking the necessary
steps to provide our students with the opportunity to obtain
loans directly from the U.S. Department of Education (ED)
rather than from commercial lenders.
|
|
|
|
|
Seek New and Expand Existing Industry
Relationships. We work closely with OEMs to
develop brand-specific education programs. Participating
manufacturers typically assist us in the development of course
content and curricula, while providing us with equipment,
specialty tools and parts at reduced prices or at no charge. The
manufacturer or dealer pays the full tuition of each student
enrolled in our advanced training programs, subject to
employment commitments made by the students. Our collaboration
with OEMs enables us to provide highly specialized education to
our students, resulting in improved employment opportunities and
the potential for higher wages for our graduates. We actively
seek to develop new and expand existing relationships with
leading OEMs, dealership networks and other industry
participants that focus on the automotive, diesel, motorcycle
and marine industries. Securing and expanding these
relationships will support undergraduate enrollment growth,
diversify tuition funding sources and increase program
offerings. These relationships are also valuable to our industry
partners since our programs provide them with a steady supply of
highly trained service technicians and a cost-effective
alternative to in-house training. Plus, these relationships also
support the development of incremental revenue opportunities
from training the OEMs existing employees.
|
As a result of our activities with OEMs, during 2008 we expanded
our relationship with Toyota Motor Sales U.S.A, Inc. to offer
the Toyota Professional Automotive Technician (TPAT) elective
program at our Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento, California
campuses. Additionally, we worked closely with International
Truck and Engine Corp. to bring the International Technician
Education Program (ITEP): a manufacturer-specific, advanced
training program to our Exton, Pennsylvania campus.
We also offer training for sectors of the industry that would
benefit from the skills we teach, including motor freight
companies and other businesses that employ skilled technicians.
This training can be performed at UTI sites, customer sites or
at third party locations using curricula developed by us,
provided by the customer or supplied by the OEM. These training
relationships provide new sources for revenue, establish new
employment opportunities for our graduates and enhance our brand
position as the leading provider of training for the industry.
In addition to our curriculum-based relationships with OEMs, we
also develop and maintain a variety of complementary
associations with parts and tools suppliers, enthusiast
organizations and other participants in the industries we serve.
These relationships provide us with a variety of strategic and
financial benefits that include, but are not limited to,
equipment sponsorship, new product support, licensing and
branding opportunities even selected financial
sponsorship for our campuses and students. These relationships
improve the quality of our educational programs by reducing our
investment cost of equipping classrooms. As a result, we are
able to expand the scope of our programs, strengthen our
graduate placements and enhance our overall image within the
industry.
3
|
|
|
|
|
Explore New Campus Opportunities. We
will continue to identify new markets that complement our
established campus network and support further growth. We
believe there are a number of local markets that feature both
pools of prospective students and career opportunities for our
graduates that are not served through a local UTI or MMI campus.
Additionally, we are transforming our automotive program and
diesel program curricula into a blended learning
experience that combines several methodologies, reflective of
current industry training methods and standards, and
incorporates
on-site
classes, real-time online sessions and independent learning
opportunities.
|
By establishing new campuses in local markets and transforming
our curriculum, we will not only supply skilled technicians to
local employers but also provide post-secondary educational
opportunities for students otherwise unwilling or unable to
relocate. Additionally, this will provide us with new
opportunities to offer continuing and advanced training to the
existing workforces in the industries we serve, while helping us
to expand the reach and appeal of the UTI brand across the
country. Furthermore, this will provide flexible training
options for our prospective students and industry partners while
allowing for a more efficient use of our faculty and facilities.
We expect that the size of any future campuses will depend upon
the specific markets and program offerings and we expect to
evaluate new opportunities as appropriate in the future. We do
not anticipate opening any new campuses during 2009.
Schools
and Programs
Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized
technical education programs under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI). The majority of our undergraduate programs are
designed to be completed in 12 to 18 months and culminate
in an associate of occupational studies degree, diploma or
certificate, depending on the program and campus. Tuition ranges
from approximately $17,750 to $40,650 per program, depending on
the nature and length of the program. Our campuses are
accredited and our undergraduate programs are eligible for
federal Title IV student financial aid funding. Upon
completion of one of our automotive or diesel undergraduate
programs, qualifying students have the opportunity to apply for
enrollment in one of our MSAT programs. These programs are
offered in facilities in which OEMs supply the vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula. In most cases, tuition
for the advanced training programs is paid by each participating
OEM or dealer in return for a commitment by the student to work
for a dealer of that OEM upon graduation. We also provide
continuing education and training to experienced technicians.
Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Training
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Commenced
|
|
|
Principal Programs
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
Motorcycle
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Automotive
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial; Collision Repair and
Refinishing
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
Automotive; Motorcycle; Marine
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
NTI
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Automotive with NASCAR
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial; Collision Repair and
Refinishing
|
4
Universal
Technical Institute (UTI)
UTI offers automotive, diesel and industrial, and collision
repair and refinishing programs that are master certified by the
National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF), a
division of the Institute for Automotive Service Excellence
(ASE). We are continuing the NATEF certification application
process for all of our programs at our Norwood, Massachusetts
campus and for our diesel and collision repair and refinishing
programs at our Sacramento, California campus. In order to apply
for NATEF certification, a school must meet the ASE curriculum
requirements and have also graduated its first class. Students
have the option to enhance their training through the Ford
Accelerated Credential Training (FACT) elective at all UTI
campuses. We also offer the Toyota Professional Automotive
Technician (TPAT) elective at our Glendale Heights, Illinois;
Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento, California campuses; the
Toyota Professional Collision Training (TPCT) elective at our
Houston, Texas campus; the BMW FastTrack elective at our Rancho
Cucamonga, California; Avondale, Arizona and Orlando, Florida
campuses; the Nissan Automotive Technician Training (NATT)
program at our Houston, Texas; Mooresville, North Carolina;
Sacramento, California and Orlando, Florida campuses; the
International Truck Elective Program (ITEP) at our Glendale
Heights, Illinois campus; the Cummins Qualified Technician
Program (CQTP) elective at out Avondale, Arizona and Houston,
Texas campuses; and the Daimler Trucks Finish First (f/k/a
Freightliner) elective at our Avondale, Arizona campus. We offer
the following programs under the UTI brand:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Technology. Established in
1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. The
program ranges from 51 to 88 weeks in duration, and tuition
ranges from approximately $24,850 to $35,100. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive dealer service departments or automotive repair
facilities.
|
|
|
|
Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1968, the
Diesel & Industrial Technology program is designed to
teach students how to diagnose, service and repair diesel
systems and industrial equipment. The program is 45 to
57 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately
$22,500 to $28,750. Graduates of this program are qualified to
work as entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including materials handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles and
diesel systems. The program ranges from 69 to 84 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $29,550 to
$37,950. Graduates of this program typically can work as
entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities,
automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine repair
facilities, medium and heavy truck facilities or truck
dealerships.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair
automobiles, diesel systems and industrial equipment. The
program ranges from 75 to 90 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $30,900 to $40,650. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service
departments, diesel engine repair facilities, medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including material handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology
(CRRT). Established in 1999, the CRRT program
is designed to teach students how to repair non-structural and
structural automobile damage as well as how to prepare cost
estimates on all phases of repair and refinishing. The program
ranges from 51 to 54 weeks in duration and tuition ranges
from approximately $25,150 to $28,950. Graduates of this program
are qualified to work as entry-level technicians at OEM
dealerships and independent repair facilities.
|
5
Motorcycle
Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute
(collectively, MMI)
|
|
|
|
|
Motorcycle. Established in 1973, the
MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose,
service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles. The
program ranges from 48 to 72 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $17,750 to $26,600. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in motorcycle dealerships and independent repair facilities. MMI
is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers. We have
written agreements relating to motorcycle elective programs with
BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; and
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A. In addition, we have verbal
understandings relating to motorcycle elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp.; and
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written agreements for dealer
training with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co. and Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A. These motorcycle
manufacturers support us through their endorsement of our
curricula content, assisting in our course development,
providing equipment and product donations, and instructor
training. The verbal understandings referenced may be terminated
without cause by either party at any time.
|
|
|
|
Marine. Established in 1991, the MMI
program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service
and repair boats and personal watercraft. The program is
60 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $24,450.
Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians for marine dealerships and independent
repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht
clubs. MMI is supported by several marine manufacturers and we
have verbal agreements relating to marine elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; Mercury Marine; American Suzuki
Motor Corp. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written
agreements for dealer training with American Honda Motor Co.
Inc.; Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.; Mercury Marine and Volvo
Penta of the Americas, Inc. These marine manufacturers support
us through their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting
with course development, equipment and product donations, and
instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be
terminated without cause by either party at any time.
|
NASCAR
Technical Institute (NTI)
Established in 2002, NTI offers the same type of automotive
training as UTI, but with additional NASCAR-specific courses. In
addition to the training received in our Automotive Technology
program, students have the opportunity to learn first-hand with
NASCAR engines and equipment and to learn specific skills
required for entry-level positions in automotive and
racing-related career opportunities. The program ranges from 48
to 78 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from $25,500 to
$37,400. Similar to graduates of the Automotive Technology
program, NTI graduates are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians in automotive repair facilities or
automotive dealer service departments. For those students who
have trained in our NASCAR technology program, from the opening
of NTI through fiscal 2007, approximately 19% have found
employment opportunities to work in racing-related industries
with the remainder working in the automotive service sector.
Manufacturer
Specific Advanced Training Programs
Our advanced programs are intended to offer in-depth instruction
on specific manufacturers products, qualifying a graduate
for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized,
entry-level technicians with brand-specific skills. Students who
are highly ranked graduates of an automotive or diesel program
may apply to be selected for these programs. The programs range
from 8 to 27 weeks in duration and tuition is paid by the
manufacturer or dealer, subject to employment commitments made
by the student. The manufacturer also supplies vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula for the courses.
Pursuant to written agreements, we offer manufacturer specific
advanced training programs for the following OEMs: Audi of
America; BMW of North America, LLC; International Truck and
Engine Corp.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC; Volkswagen of America,
Inc.; and Volvo Cars of North America, Inc. Pursuant to a verbal
agreement, we offer a MSAT program for Porsche Cars of North
America, Inc. We anticipate that we will renew contracts in the
following list that expire during the next year.
6
|
|
|
|
|
Audi. We have a written agreement with Audi of
America whereby we provide Audi Academy training programs at our
Avondale, Arizona and Exton, Pennsylvania training facilities
using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula
provided by Audi. This agreement expires on December 31,
2008 and may be terminated for cause by either party.
|
|
|
|
BMW. We have a written agreement with BMW of
North America, LLC whereby we provide BMWs Service
Technician Education Program (STEP) at our Avondale, Arizona;
Orlando, Florida; Houston, Texas and Rancho Cucamonga,
California training facilities and at the BMW training center in
Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey and the Mini Service Technical
Education Program (Mini Cooper STEP) at our Orlando, Florida
training facilities using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools
and curricula provided by BMW. This agreement expires on
December 31, 2008 and may be terminated for cause by either
party.
|
|
|
|
International Truck. We have a written
agreement with International Truck and Engine Corp. whereby we
provide the International Technician Education Program (ITEP)
training program at our training facilities in Glendale Heights,
Illinois and Exton, Pennsylvania using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by International Truck.
This agreement expires on December 31, 2008 and may be
terminated without cause by either party upon 180 days
written notice.
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz. We have a written agreement
with Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC whereby we provide the Mercedes-Benz
ELITE training programs at our Rancho Cucamonga, California;
Houston, Texas; Orlando, Florida; Glendale Heights, Illinois and
Norwood, Massachusetts training facilities using vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by
Mercedes-Benz. We also provide the Mercedes-Benz ELITE Collision
Repair Training (CRT) program at our Houston, Texas training
facility. The agreement expires on December 31, 2008 and
may be terminated without cause by either party upon
30 days written notice.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. We have a verbal agreement with
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the
Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche
Training Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written
agreement we were operating under expired on September 2008 and
we are awaiting final signature on a new agreement.
|
|
|
|
Volkswagen. We have a written agreement with
Volkswagen of America, Inc. whereby we provide Volkswagen
Academy Technician Recruitment Program (VATRP) training at our
Rancho Cucamonga, California and Exton, Pennsylvania training
facilities using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by
Volkswagen. This agreement expires on December 31, 2008 and
may be terminated for cause by either party.
|
|
|
|
Volvo. We have a written agreement with Ford
Motor Company whereby we conduct Volvos Service Automotive
Factory Education (SAFE) program training at our training
facility in Avondale, Arizona using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula approved by Volvo. This agreement
expires on December 31, 2008.
|
Dealer/Industry
Training
Technicians in all of the industries we serve are in regular
need of training or certification on new technologies.
Manufacturers are outsourcing a portion of this training to
education providers such as UTI. We currently provide dealer
technician training to manufacturers such as: American Honda
Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co.; Kawasaki Motors Corp. U.S.A.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC;
Mercury Marine; Volkswagen of America, Inc. and Volvo Penta of
the Americas, Inc.
Industry
Relationships
We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide
range of strategic and financial benefits, including
product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.
|
|
|
|
|
Product/Financial
Support. Product/financial support is an
integral component of our business strategy and is present
throughout our schools. In these relationships, sponsors provide
their products, including equipment and supplies, at reduced or
no cost to us, in return for our use of those products in the
classroom. In addition, they may provide financial sponsorship
to either us or our students. Product/financial support is
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
an attractive marketing opportunity for sponsors because our
classrooms provide them with early access to the future
end-users of their products. As students become familiar with a
manufacturers products during training, they may be more
likely to continue to use the same products upon graduation. Our
product support relationships allow us to minimize the equipment
and supply costs in each of our classrooms and significantly
reduce the capital outlay necessary for operating and equipping
our campuses.
|
An example of a product/financial support relationship is:
|
|
|
|
|
Snap-on Tools. Upon graduation from our undergraduate
programs, students receive a Snap-on Tools entry-level tool set
having an approximate retail value of $1,000. We purchase these
tool sets from Snap-on Tools at a discount from their list price
pursuant to a written agreement which expires in January 2009.
In the context of this relationship, we have granted Snap-on
Tools exclusive access to our campuses to display tool related
advertising, and we have agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment
to train our students. We receive credits from Snap-on Tools for
student tool kits that we purchase and any additional purchases
made by our students. We can then redeem those credits to
purchase Snap-on Tools equipment and tools for our campuses at
the full retail list price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing. Licensing agreements enable
us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry
brands. We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right
to use a particular industry participants name or logo in
our promotional materials and on our campuses. We believe that
our current and potential students generally identify favorably
with the recognized brand names licensed to us, enhancing our
reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.
|
An example of a licensing arrangement is:
|
|
|
|
|
NASCAR. In July 1999, we entered into a
licensing arrangement with NASCAR and became its exclusive
education provider for automotive technicians. This written
agreement was renewed during 2007 and now expires on
December 31, 2017. The agreement may be terminated for
cause by either party at any time prior to its expiration. In
July 2002, the NASCAR Technical Institute opened in Mooresville,
North Carolina. This relationship provides us with access to the
network of NASCAR sponsors, presenting us with the opportunity
to enhance our product support relationships. The popular NASCAR
brand name combined with the opportunity to learn on
high-performance cars is a powerful recruiting and retention
tool.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manufacturer Training. Manufacturer
training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each
of our education programs. These relationships support
entry-level training tailored to the needs of a specific
manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of
experienced technicians. In our entry-level programs, students
receive training and certification on a given
manufacturers products. In return, the manufacturer
supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts, and
assistance in developing curricula. Students who receive this
training are often certified to work on that manufacturers
products when they complete the program. The certification
typically leads to both improved employment opportunities and
the potential for higher wages. Manufacturer training
relationships lower the capital investment necessary to equip
our classrooms and provide us with a significant marketing
advantage. In addition, through these relationships,
manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled
technicians available to service and repair their products.
|
We actively seek to extend our relationship with a given
manufacturer by providing the manufacturers training to
entry level as well as experienced technicians. Similar to
advanced training, these programs are built on a training
relationship under which the manufacturer not only provides the
equipment and curricula but also pays for the students
tuition. These training courses often take place within our
existing facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the
costs associated with establishing its own dedicated facility.
Examples of manufacturer training relationships include:
|
|
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. We provide
marine and motorcycle training for experienced American Honda
technicians utilizing training materials and curricula provided
by American Honda. Pursuant to written agreements, our
instructors provide marine and motorcycle dealer training at
American
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
Honda-authorized
training centers across the United States. The marine dealer
training agreement expires on June 30, 2009 and the
motorcycle dealer training agreement expires on
September 30, 2010. These agreements may be terminated for
cause by American Honda at any time prior to their expiration.
Pursuant to verbal agreements, we oversee the administration of
the motorcycle training program, including technician
enrollment, and American Honda supports our campus Hon Tech
training program by donating equipment and providing curricula.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ford Motor Company. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer the Ford Accelerated Credential Training
(FACT) elective to all of the students in our Automotive,
Automotive/Diesel, Automotive/Diesel & Industrial and
Automotive with NASCAR programs. The FACT elective is a 15-week
course in Ford-specific training, during which students are able
to earn Ford certifications. Ford Motor Company provides the
curriculum, vehicles, specialty equipment and other training
aids used for the FACT elective. This agreement has an
indefinite term and may be terminated without cause by either
party upon six months written notice
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer various Mercedes-Benz ELITE training
programs. The Mercedes-Benz ELITE Technician Training program is
a 16-week advanced training program that enables students to
earn Mercedes-Benz training credits in service maintenance,
diagnosis and repair of most Mercedes-Benz vehicle systems. In
addition, we provide Mercedes-Benz ELITE Dealer Product
training, ELITE Collision Repair Technology training, ELITE
Service Advisor training and ELITE Sales Consultant training at
the Mercedes-Benz ELITE training centers located at various UTI
campuses. Graduates of UTIs Automotive, Automotive/Diesel
and Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology programs may
apply for one of these Mercedes-Benz ELITE programs. Tuition for
the program is paid by the manufacturer. All curricula,
vehicles, specialty tools and training aids for these programs
are provided by Mercedes-Benz. This agreement expires on
December 31, 2008 and may be terminated without cause by
either party upon 30 days written notice.
|
|
|
|
Toyota. Pursuant to a written agreement with
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., we offer the Toyota
Professional Automotive Technician (TPAT) program, a Toyota,
Lexus and Scion brand-specific training program at our Glendale
Heights, Illinois; Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento,
California campuses. We also provide the Toyota Professional
Collision Training program at our Houston, Texas campus. These
programs use training and course materials as well as training
vehicles and equipment provided by Toyota. This agreement was
renewed during 2007 and expires on July 31, 2012 and may be
terminated without cause by either party upon 30 days
written notice.
|
|
|
|
Nissan. Pursuant to a written agreement with
Nissan North America, Inc., we offer the Nissan Automotive
Technician Training (NATT) program, a Nissan and Infiniti
branded vehicle training program at our Orlando, Florida;
Mooresville, North Carolina; Sacramento, California and Houston,
Texas campuses. The NATT program uses training and course
materials as well as training vehicles and equipment provided by
Nissan. The agreement was renewed during 2008 and expires on
March 31, 2011 and may be terminated without cause by
either party upon 30 days written notice.
|
Student
Recruitment Model
We strive to increase our campus enrollment and profitability
through a web-centric marketing strategy and three primary sales
channels. Our strategy enables us to recruit a geographically
dispersed and demographically diverse student body including
recent high school graduates and adult learners.
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing and Advertising. Our
marketing strategies are designed to align lead generation and
lead conversion tactics with specific potential student
segments. We leverage a web-centric lead generation platform
that focuses on nationally efficient advertising coupled with
the internet, where our web site acts as the primary hub of our
campaigns, to inform, educate and convert site visitors to
leads. Currently, we advertise on television, radio and multiple
internet sites, in magazines, and use events, direct mail and
telemarketing to reach prospective students.
|
9
Additionally, to enhance the productivity of our admissions
representatives, we have increased our emphasis on local
marketing and outreach by driving prospective students to visit
our campuses and take tours. Moreover, to assist converting
prospective students to enrolled students, we deploy specific
student contact strategies that deliver relevant content and
messaging that matches where the prospective student is in his
or her buying process.
|
|
|
|
|
Field-Based Representatives. Our
field-based education representatives recruit prospective
students primarily from high schools across the country. Over
the last three fiscal years, approximately 60% of our student
population has been recruited directly out of high school.
Currently, we employ approximately 160 field-based education
representatives with assigned territories covering the United
States and U.S. territories. Our field-based education
representatives generate the majority of their leads by making
career presentations at high schools. Typically, the field-based
education representatives enroll high school students during an
application interview conducted at the homes of prospective
students.
|
Our reputation in local, regional and national business
communities, endorsements from high school guidance counselors
and the recommendations of satisfied graduates and employers are
some of our most effective recruiting tools. Accordingly, we
strive to build relationships with the people who influence the
career decisions of prospective students, such as vocational
instructors and high school guidance counselors. We conduct
seminars for high school career counselors and instructors at
our training facilities and campuses as a means of further
educating these individuals on the merits of our programs.
|
|
|
|
|
Military Representatives. Our military
representatives develop relationships with military personnel
and provide information about our training programs. Currently,
we employ approximately 10 military representatives. We deliver
career presentations to soldiers who are approaching their date
of separation or have recently separated from the military as a
means of further educating these individuals on the merits of
our technical training programs.
|
|
|
|
Campus-Based Representatives. In
addition to our field-based and military education
representatives, we employ campus-based representatives to
recruit adult career seeker or career changer students. These
representatives respond to student inquiries generated from
national, regional and local advertising and promotional
activities. Currently, we employ approximately 125 campus-based
education representatives. Since adults tend to start our
programs throughout the year instead of in the fall as is most
typical of traditional school calendars, these students help
balance our enrollment throughout the year.
|
Student
Admissions and Retention
We currently employ approximately 295 field, military and campus
based education representatives who work directly with
prospective students to facilitate the enrollment process. At
each campus, student admissions are overseen by an admissions
department that reviews each application. Different programs
have varying admissions standards. For example, applicants for
programs offered at our Avondale, Arizona location, which offers
an associate of occupational studies (AOS) degree, must be at
least 16 years of age and provide proof of: high school
graduation, or its equivalent, certification of high school
equivalency (G.E.D.); successful completion of a degree program
at the post-secondary level; or successful completion of
officially recognized home schooling. Students who present a
diploma or certificate evidencing completion of home schooling
or an online high school program are required to take and pass
an entrance exam. Applicants at all other locations must meet
the same requirements, or be at least 21 years of age and
have the ability to benefit from the training as demonstrated by
personal interviews and performance on a basic skills exam.
Students who are beyond the age of compulsory attendance and
have completed a high school program, but have not passed a
state required high school completion exam where required, may
also apply to attend through the ability to benefit option, and
must meet the same criteria outlined above. Students enrolling
at UTI campuses in California are also required by state law to
complete and achieve a passing score on an entrance exam prior
to being accepted into a program.
To maximize student persistence, we have student services
professionals and other resources to assist and advise students
regarding academic, financial, personal and employment matters.
Our consolidated student completion rate is approximately 70%,
which we believe compares favorably with the student completion
rates of other providers of comparable educational/training
programs.
10
Enrollment
We enroll students throughout the year. For the twelve months
ended September 30, 2008, we had an average enrollment of
14,941 full-time undergraduate students, representing a
decrease of approximately 6% as compared to the twelve months
ended September 30, 2007. Currently, our student body is
geographically diverse, with a majority of our students at most
campuses having relocated to attend our programs. For the twelve
months ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we had
average undergraduate enrollments of 14,941, 15,856, and 16,291,
respectively.
Graduate
Placement
Securing employment opportunities for our graduates is critical
to our ability to attract high quality prospective students.
Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an
effective graduate placement program. Our placement rate for
2007 and 2006 was 91%. The placement calculation is based on all
graduates, including those that completed manufacturer specific
advanced training programs, from October 1, 2006 to
September 30, 2007 and October 1, 2005 to
September 30, 2006, respectively. For 2007, UTI had 12,294
total graduates, of which 11,817 were available for employment.
Of those graduates available for employment, 10,708 were
employed at the time of reporting, for a total of 91%. For 2006,
UTI had 11,892 total graduates, of which 11,496 were available
for employment. Of those graduates available for employment,
10,470 were employed at the time of reporting, for a total of
91%. In an effort to maintain our high placement rates, we offer
an on-going program of employment search assistance to our
students. Our schools develop job opportunities and referrals,
instruct active students on employment search and interviewing
skills, provide access to reference materials and assistance
with the composition of resumes. We also seek out employers who
may participate in our Tuition Reimbursement Incentive Program
(TRIP), whereby employers assist our graduates with their
tuition obligation by paying back a portion or all of their
student loans. We believe that our employment services program
provides our students with a more compelling value proposition
and enhances the employment opportunities for our graduates.
Faculty
and Employees
Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with
established criteria, applicable accreditation standards and
applicable state regulations. Members of our faculty are
primarily industry professionals and are hired based on their
prior work and educational experience. We require a specific
level of industry experience in order to enhance the quality of
the programs we offer and to address current and
industry-specific issues in the course content. We provide
intensive instructional training and continuing education to our
faculty members to maintain the quality of instruction in all
fields of study. Our existing instructors have an average of
five years of industry experience and our average undergraduate
student-to-teacher
ratio is approximately 22-to-1.
Each schools support team typically includes a campus
president, an education director, an admissions director, a
financial aid director, a student services director, an
employment services director, a campus controller and a
facilities director. As of September 30, 2008, we had
approximately 2,135 full-time employees, including
approximately 535 student support employees and approximately
845 full-time instructors.
Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not
subject to collective bargaining agreements. We have never
experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have a good
relationship with our employees. However, if we open new
campuses, we may encounter employees who desire or maintain
union representation.
Competition
Our main competitors are other proprietary career-oriented and
technical schools, including Lincoln Technical Institute, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services
Corporation, WyoTech, which is owned by Corinthian Colleges,
Inc. and traditional two-year junior and community colleges. We
compete at a local and regional level based primarily on the
content, visibility and accessibility of academic programs, the
quality of instruction and the time necessary to enter the
workforce. We believe that our industry relationships, size,
brand recognition, reputation and nationwide recruiting system
provide UTI a competitive advantage.
11
Environmental
Matters
We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and
campuses, and generate small quantities of regulated waste,
including used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a
result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety
of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other
things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to
obtain permits for our air emissions, and to meet operational
and maintenance requirements, including periodic testing, for an
underground storage tank located at one of our properties. In
the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws
and regulations, or if we are responsible for a spill or release
of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines or penalties.
Regulatory
Environment
Our institutions and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs to assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended, commonly referred to as Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). In 2008, we derived approximately 72% of our net
revenues from Title IV Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED, and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our institutions are
subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of
these entities.
State
Authorization
Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable
education agency of the state in which the institution is
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or
certificates to its students. Our institutions are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State
authorization is also required for an institution to become and
remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs. In
addition, our institutions are required to be authorized by the
applicable state education agencies of certain other states in
which our institutions recruit students. Currently, each of our
institutions is authorized by the applicable state education
agency or agencies.
The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from
state to state and is extensive in some states. State laws
typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of
faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states
prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are
consistent with those prescribed by ED and some states require
institutions to post a surety bond. Currently, we have posted
surety bonds on behalf of our institutions and education
representatives with multiple states of approximately
$14.6 million. We believe that each of our institutions is
in substantial compliance with state education agency
requirements. If any one of our institutions lost its
authorization from the education agency of the state in which
the institution is located, that institution would be unable to
offer its programs and we could be forced to close that
institution. If one of our institutions lost its authorization
from a state other than the state in which the institution is
located, that institution would not be able to recruit students
in that state.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that those states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our institutions. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making, or delay our
ability to make, such changes.
In July 2007, the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary
and Vocational Education (BPPVE), the state authorizing agency
for our two campuses located in California, ceased operations
following the expiration of the
12
agencys governing state statute. The regulatory standards
governing institutional operations in California also
subsequently expired. We signed a voluntary agreement with the
California Department of Consumer Affairs whereby our California
campuses agreed to continue to operate in accordance with the
provisions of the expired BPPVE. By signing the voluntary
agreement, the licenses and approvals of our California campuses
that were valid as of June 30, 2007 remain in effect. As of
January 2008, institutions that have signed the voluntary
agreement with the Department of Consumer Affairs and are
operating as though the statutes are still in effect may
implement substantive changes that would otherwise comply with
the statutes provided such changes receive approval from the
institutions accrediting agency prior to implementation.
In September 2008, the California governor vetoed a bill that
would have created a new state authorizing agency and new
regulatory standards for most post secondary institutions in the
state. We anticipate the California legislature will revisit the
creation of a new agency in 2009.
Accreditation
Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an
institution voluntarily submits to ongoing qualitative review by
an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions
primarily examine the academic quality of the institutions
instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is
generally viewed as confirmation that the institutions
programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting
commissions also review the administrative and financial
operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each
institution has the resources necessary to perform its
educational mission.
Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by ED is
required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED,
accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their
review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are
accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and
Colleges of Technology, or ACCSCT, an accrediting commission
recognized by ED. Our Avondale, Arizona; Glendale Heights,
Illinois; Houston, Texas; Rancho Cucamonga, California; and
Orlando, Florida campuses are on the same accreditation cycle,
having achieved a five-year grant of accreditation in February
2004. NASCAR Technical Institute (NTI) received a five-year
grant of accreditation in December 2003 and is awaiting
finalization of its renewal of accreditation. Our Phoenix,
Arizona Motorcycle Mechanics Institute (MMI) campus
received a five-year grant of accreditation in May 2004. Our
Exton, Pennsylvania campus received a five-year grant of
accreditation in October 2006. Our Norwood, Massachusetts campus
received a five-year grant of accreditation effective July 2007
in November 2007. Our Sacramento, California campus received a
five-year grant of accreditation effective December 2007 in June
2008. We believe that each of our institutions is in substantial
compliance with ACCSCT accreditation standards. If any one of
our institutions lost its accreditation, students attending that
institution would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV
Program funding, and we could be forced to close that
institution. An accrediting commission may place an institution
on reporting status to monitor one or more specified
areas of performance in relation to the accreditation standards.
An institution placed on reporting status is required to report
periodically to the accrediting commission on that
institutions performance in the area or areas specified by
the commission.
As of September 30, 2008, two programs in the motorcycle
division, with one student and 162 students, respectively, at
our Orlando, Florida MMI campus were placed on outcomes
reporting with the intention of monitoring these programs that
experienced a graduation or completion rate below the required
minimum. We modified and reduced the length of the programs and
are working to improve the graduation or completion rates for
these programs.
Nature of
Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for post-secondary education through Title IV
Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by ED. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded
on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All
recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a
satisfactory grade point average and make timely progress toward
completion of their program of study. In addition, each
institution must ensure that Title IV Program funds are
properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to
eligible students.
13
Students at our institutions receive grants and loans to fund
their education under the following Title IV Programs:
(1) the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, program;
(2) the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, program; (3) the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, or FSEOG,
program; and (4) the Federal Perkins Loan, or Perkins,
program.
FFEL. Under the FFEL program, banks and
other lending institutions make loans to students or their
parents. If a student or parent defaults on a loan, payment is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by ED. Students with financial need qualify for
interest subsidies while in school and during grace periods. In
2008, we derived approximately 55% of our net revenues from the
FFEL program.
Pell. Under the Pell program, ED makes
grants to students who demonstrate financial need. In 2008, we
derived approximately 8% of our net revenues from the Pell
program.
FSEOG. FSEOG grants are designed to
supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial
need. We are required to provide funding for 25% of all awards
made under this program. In 2008, we derived approximately 1% of
our net revenues from the FSEOG program.
Perkins. Perkins loans are made from a
revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution. Each
institution is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins
loans from its former students and lending those funds to
currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their
Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the
institutions revolving account to make loans to additional
students, but the institution does not have any obligation to
guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. For the
federal award year that extends from July 1, 2008 through
June 30, 2009, ED will not disburse any new federal funds
to any institutions for Perkins loans due to federal
appropriations limitations; however, institutions may continue
to make new Perkins loans to students out of their existing
revolving accounts. In 2008, we derived less than 1% of our net
revenues from the Perkins program.
Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources
other than Title IV Programs, such as the programs
administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
under the Workforce Investment Act. In addition, many states
also provide financial aid to our students in the form of
grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for
state financial aid and other federal aid programs vary among
the funding agencies and by program. Several states that provide
financial aid to our students, including California, are facing
significant budgetary constraints. We believe that the overall
level of state financial aid for our students may decrease in
the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such
reductions will be or how long they will last.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized
by ED and be certified as eligible by ED. ED will certify an
institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after
the institution has demonstrated compliance with the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended, and EDs extensive
regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An institution
must also demonstrate its compliance to ED on an ongoing basis.
All of our institutions are certified to participate in
Title IV Programs.
EDs Title IV Program standards are applied primarily
on an institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as
a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this
definition for ED purposes we have the following three
institutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona
Additional locations: Universal Technical Institute, Glendale
Heights, Illinois
Universal
Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California
NASCAR
Technical Institute, Mooresville, North Carolina
Universal
Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts
14
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute DBA Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute, Motorcycle & Marine Mechanics Institute,
Phoenix, Arizona
|
Additional locations: Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento,
California
Universal
Technical Institute, Orlando Florida
Divisions: Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Marine
Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Automotive,
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas
Additional location: Universal Technical Institute, Exton,
Pennsylvania
In July 2006, ED began its recertification process for our
institutions. Upon completion of its review, ED fully certified
all of our institutions. ED certified our Houston, Texas
institution and its additional locations to participate in
Title IV Programs through March 2012. ED certified our
Avondale and Phoenix, Arizona institutions and their additional
locations to participate in Title IV Programs through
September 2010.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV Programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in those programs and instances of
fraud and abuse by some institutions and students in the past
have caused Congress to require ED to exercise significant
regulatory oversight over institutions participating in
Title IV Programs. Accrediting commissions and state
education agencies also have responsibility for overseeing
compliance of institutions with Title IV Program
requirements. As a result, each of our institutions is subject
to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex
framework of laws and regulations. Because ED periodically
revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of
existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty
how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in
all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Political and
budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs.
Congress has historically reauthorized the Higher Education Act
(HEA) approximately every five to six years. The HEA was
reauthorized, amended and signed into law on August 14,
2008 (the 2008 Act). The 2008 Act continued the availability of
Title IV funds, authorized additional aid and benefits for
students, required new federal reporting items and disclosures
and codified compliance requirements related to student loans.
In addition, the 2008 Act implemented numerous changes that
impact how our institutions comply with the requirement that
they receive no less than a certain percentage of their revenue
from sources other than the Title IV programs and with the
cohort default rate requirement.
Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for
Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Since a significant
percentage of our net revenues is derived from Title IV
Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV Program funding, or reduces the ability of our
institutions or students to participate in Title IV
Programs, could reduce our student enrollment and net revenues.
Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs
and require us to modify our practices in order for our
institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements.
In September 2007, the College Access and Affordability Act was
signed into law. This law increased Pell Grants, gradually
reduced the interest rate on federal Stafford loans by half over
five years, and provided broader access to the grant and loan
programs. The funds used to support these changes, however, come
exclusively from the reduction of federal subsidies for the
student loan providers involved in the Federal Family Education
Loan Programs and the related costs may be passed to students
through increased fees and reduced borrower benefits. During the
past twelve months, student loan providers have exited the FFEL
Programs due to decreased loan profitability, however our
students have not experienced difficulty in obtaining their
loans under the FFEL Program and we believe our lender
relationships remain strong.
15
The 90/10 Rule. A
proprietary institution endangers its eligibility to participate
in Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of its
revenue from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year, as
defined in statutes and regulations and as calculated on a cash
basis of accounting. The 2008 Act changed a number of elements
related to the 90/10 Rule, including the implications for
failing to comply with the requirements, mandating certain
disclosure requirements, revising the calculations of the
percentage of Title IV Program funds an institution
received, and providing temporary relief from the impact of the
increased student eligibility for Title IV Program funds.
The 2008 Act revised the 90/10 Rule so that an institution must
exceed the 90% threshold for two consecutive institutional
fiscal years to be subject to loss of Title IV eligibility.
Further, if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single
year, ED will place the institution on provisional certification
for a period of at least two years. The 2008 Act also changed
the law to provide that an institution that does exceed the 90%
threshold for two consecutive years will lose Title IV
eligibility for at least the next two years and if the
institution exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive years,
eligibility will terminate on the date the institution is
determined ineligible by ED instead of the automatic loss
of eligibility at the end of the fiscal year during which the
institution exceeded the 90% threshold.
The 2008 Act also created certain changes to the 90/10
calculation methodology, including the treatment of certain
portions of Stafford loans, institutional loans, and revenue
received from non-Title IV programs. The annual
unsubsidized Stafford loans available for undergraduate students
under the FFEL program increased by $2,000 on July 1, 2008,
which, coupled with recent increases in the amount available to
students via Pell Grants and other Title IV Programs, may
result in some of our institutions receiving an increased amount
of revenue from Title IV Programs. The 2008 Act provides
relief from these recent increases in the availability and
amount of federal aid. For the period from July 1, 2008
until June 30, 2011, an institution will be able to count
as non-Title IV revenue that portion of any unsubsidized
Stafford loan received by a student that exceeds the maximum
loan amount that would have been available to such student under
the law that was in effect prior to July 1, 2008.
We have calculated the percentage of revenue derived from
Title IV Programs for each of our institutions for 2008,
2007 and 2006, using the formula as defined prior to the
amendments included in the 2008 Act, and determined that none of
our institutions derived more than 90% of its revenue from
Title IV Programs for any year. For 2008, our
institutions 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 70% to
74%. We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to
minimize the risk that any of our institutions would derive more
than the allowable maximum percentage of its revenue from
Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.
Student Loan Defaults. FFEL. An
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the
institutions current and former students default on their
federal student loans exceed specified percentages. ED
calculates these rates based on the number of students who have
defaulted on their Federal Stafford loans, not the dollar amount
of such defaults. ED calculates an institutions cohort
default rate on an annual basis as the rate at which borrowers
scheduled to begin repayment on their loans in one federal
fiscal year default on those loans by the end of the next
federal fiscal year. An institution whose FFEL cohort default
rate is 25% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal
years ending September 30 loses eligibility to participate in
the FFEL and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal
fiscal year in which ED determines that such institution has
lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal
years. An institution whose FFEL cohort default rate for any
single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% may have its eligibility
to participate in all Title IV Programs limited, suspended
or terminated by ED. The 2008 Act expands the time frame to two
federal fiscal years during which a student default could
adversely impact an institutions cohort default rate.
Additionally, beginning in 2012 for the 2009 federal fiscal
year, the cohort default rate threshold will increase to 30%.
None of our institutions have had an FFEL cohort default rate of
25% or greater for any of the federal fiscal years 2006, 2005
and 2004, the three most recent years for which ED has published
such rates. The following table sets forth the FFEL cohort
default rates for our institutions for those years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL Cohort Default Rate
|
|
Institution
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
16
An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL program
is less than 10% for three consecutive years is not subject to a
30 day delay in receiving the first disbursement on FFEL
loans. One of our institutions, which includes five campuses, is
not subject to a 30 day delay in receiving the first
disbursement. An institution whose cohort default rate under the
FFEL program is 25% or greater, but less than 40%, for any one
of the three most recent federal fiscal years may be placed on
provisional certification status by ED for up to three years.
None of our institutions are on provisional status with ED.
Perkins. An institution with a cohort
default rate under the Perkins program that is greater than 15%
for any federal award year, the twelve month period from July 1
through June 30, may be placed on provisional
certification. An institution whose Perkins cohort default rate
is 50% or greater for three consecutive federal award years
loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins program and must
liquidate its loan portfolio. None of our institutions has had a
Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the
last three federal award years. ED also will not provide any
additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans in
any federal award year in which the institutions Perkins
cohort default rate is 25% or greater. All of our institutions
have Perkins cohort default rates less than 10% for students who
were scheduled to begin repayment in the federal award year
ended June 30, 2007, the most recent federal award year
reported by our institutions. None of our institutions has had
its federal Perkins funding eliminated for the past three
federal award years for this reason. For the federal award year
ending June 30, 2009, as with the two preceding federal
award years, ED will not disburse any new federal funds to any
institutions for Perkins loans due to federal appropriations
limitations. In our 2008 fiscal year, we derived less than 1% of
our net revenues from the Perkins program.
Financial Responsibility Standards. All
institutions participating in Title IV Programs must
satisfy specific ED standards of financial responsibility. ED
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each
year, based on the institutions annual audited financial
statements, as well as following a change of control of the
institution.
The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the
institutions composite score which is calculated by ED
based on three ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
the equity ratio which measures the institutions capital
resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
|
|
|
|
the primary reserve ratio which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
the net income ratio which measures the institutions
ability to operate at a profit.
|
ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these
ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with
negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0
reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the
three ratios together to produce a composite score for the
institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the
institution to be deemed financially responsible without the
need for further oversight. If ED determines that an institution
does not satisfy its financial responsibility standards,
depending on the resulting composite score and other factors,
that institution may establish its financial responsibility on
an alternative basis by:
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV Program funds received by the
institution during its most recently completed fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior years Title IV Program funds, accepting
provisional certification, complying with additional ED
monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV
Program funds under an arrangement other than EDs standard
advance funding arrangement; or
|
|
|
|
complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an
arrangement other than EDs standard advance funding
arrangement.
|
ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our
institutions on a consolidated basis based on the financial
statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., as the parent
company. EDs regulations permit ED to examine the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the
financial statements of each institution
17
and the financial statements of any related party. UTIs
composite score has exceeded the required minimum composite
score of 1.5 for each of our fiscal years since 2004.
Return of Title IV Funds. An
institution participating in Title IV Programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them. The institution
must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate
lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally
within 45 days from the date the institution determines
that the student has withdrawn.
If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for
returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the
students in the audit or program review sample, the institution
must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal
to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that
should have been returned for students who withdrew in the
institutions previous fiscal year. Our 2008 and 2007
Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our
institutions for exceeding the 5% late payment threshold.
Institution Acquisitions. When a
company acquires an institution that is eligible to participate
in Title IV Programs, that institution undergoes a change
of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.
Upon such a change of control, an institutions eligibility
to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended
until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible
institution under its new ownership which requires that the
institution also re-establish its state authorization and
accreditation. ED may temporarily and provisionally certify an
institution seeking approval of a change of control under
certain circumstances while ED reviews the institutions
application. The time required for ED to act on such an
application may vary substantially. EDs recertification of
an institution following a change of control may be on a
provisional basis. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to acquire additional institutions and have them
certified by ED to participate in Title IV Programs. Our
expansion plans take into account the approval requirements of
ED and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting
commissions.
Change of Control. In addition to
institution acquisitions, other types of transactions can also
cause a change of control. ED, most state education agencies and
our accrediting commission all have standards pertaining to the
change of control of institutions, but these standards are not
uniform. EDs regulations describe some transactions that
constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or
the institutions parent corporation. With respect to a
publicly-traded corporation, ED regulations provide that a
change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if there
is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change
of control or (b) if the corporation has a
Controlling Stockholder, as defined in the ED
regulations, that owns or controls through agreement at least
25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and
is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that
stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases
to be the largest stockholder. These change of control standards
are subject to interpretation by ED. Most of the states and our
accrediting commission include the sale of a controlling
interest of common stock in the definition of a change of
control. A change of control under the definition of one of
these agencies would require the affected institution to have
its state authorization and accreditation reaffirmed by that
agency. The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the
states and our accrediting commission vary widely.
A change of control could occur as a result of future
transactions in which our company or institutions are involved.
Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of
directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the
potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. If a
future transaction results in a change of control of our company
or our institutions, we believe that we will be able to obtain
all necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and
the applicable state education agencies. However, we cannot
ensure that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a
timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability of
Title IV Program funds for our students and institutions.
Opening Additional Institutions and Adding Educational
Programs. For-profit educational institutions
must be authorized by their state education agencies, accredited
by an agency recognized by ED, and be fully operational for two
years before applying to ED to participate in Title IV
Programs. However, an institution that is certified to
participate in Title IV Programs may establish an
additional location and apply to participate in Title IV
18
Programs at that location without regard to the two-year
requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other
applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are
based, in part, on our ability to open new institutions as
additional locations of our existing institutions and take into
account EDs approval requirements. Currently, all of our
institutions are eligible to offer Title IV Program
funding. We do not anticipate opening any new campuses in 2009.
Offering New Educational Programs. A
student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the
costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational
program offered by an institution participating in Title IV
Programs. Generally, an institution that is eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational
program without ED approval if that new program is licensed by
the applicable state agency, accredited by an agency recognized
by ED and (a) leads to an associate level or higher degree
and the institution already offers programs at that level, or
(b) if that program meets minimum length requirements and
prepares students for gainful employment in the same or a
related occupation as an educational program that has previously
been designated as an eligible program at that institution. If
an institution erroneously determines that an educational
program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the
institution would likely be liable for repayment of
Title IV Program funds provided to students in that
educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to add new educational programs at our existing
institutions. We do not believe that current ED regulations will
create significant obstacles to our plans to add new programs.
Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting
commission also have requirements that may affect our
institutions ability to open a new campus, establish an
additional location of an existing institution or begin offering
a new educational program. We do not believe that these
standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion
plans.
Administrative Capability. ED assesses
the administrative capability of each institution that
participates in Title IV Programs under a series of
separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may
lead ED to find the institution ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs or to place the institution on
provisional certification as a condition of its continued
participation. One standard that applies to programs with the
stated objective of preparing students for employment requires
the institution to show a reasonable relationship between the
length of the program and the entry-level job requirements of
the relevant field of employment. We believe we have made the
required showing for each of our applicable programs.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other
Incentive Payments. An institution
participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any
commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or
indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid
to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or
admission activities or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV Program funds. ED regulations
establish criteria for complying with this standard. Although ED
has announced that it will no longer review and approve
individual institutions compensation plans, we believe
that our current compensation plans are in compliance with the
Higher Education Act and EDs regulations although we
cannot assure you that ED will not find deficiencies in our
compensation plans.
Eligibility and Certification
Procedures. Each institution must apply to ED
for continued certification to participate in Title IV
Programs at least every six years, or when it undergoes a change
of control. Further, an institution may come under ED review
when it expands its activities in certain ways such as opening
an additional location or raising the highest academic
credential it offers. ED may place an institution on provisional
certification status if it finds that the institution does not
fully satisfy all of the ED eligibility and certification
standards. ED may withdraw an institutions provisional
certification without advance notice if ED determines that the
institution is not fulfilling all material requirements. In
addition, ED may more closely review an institution that is
provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new
location, add an educational program, acquire another
institution or make any other significant change. Provisional
certification does not otherwise limit an institutions
access to Title IV Program funds.
All of our existing institutions were granted Title IV
recertification in 2006. Our Arizona and Phoenix institutions
and their additional locations are fully certified with Program
Participation Agreements (PPAs) expiring on September 30,
2010. Our Texas institution and its additional location are
fully certified with a PPA expiring March 31, 2012.
19
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of
Regulatory Violations. Our institutions are
subject to audits and program compliance reviews by various
external agencies, including ED, EDs Office of Inspector
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty
agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and our
accrediting commission. Each of our institutions
administration of Title IV Program funds must also be
audited annually by an independent accounting firm and the
resulting audit report submitted to ED for review. If ED or
another regulatory agency determined that one of our
institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or
violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or EDs
regulations, that institution could be required to repay such
funds and could be assessed an administrative fine. ED could
also transfer the institution from the advance method of
receiving Title IV Program funds to the cash monitoring or
reimbursement system of receiving Title IV Program funds,
which could negatively impact cash flow at an institution.
Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by
us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a
proceeding by ED to limit, suspend or terminate the
participation of the affected institution in Title IV
Programs. Generally, such a termination extends for
18 months before the institution may apply for
reinstatement of its participation. There is no ED proceeding
pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or
terminate any of our institutions participation in
Title IV Programs, and we have no reason to believe that
any such proceeding is contemplated. Violations of Title IV
Program requirements could also subject us or our institutions
to other civil and criminal penalties.
We and our institutions are also subject to complaints and
lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by
our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies
and third parties such as present or former students or
employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to
successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or
lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject
to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or
other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or
defend against any such complaint or lawsuit, we may have to
devote significant financial and management resources in order
to reach such a result.
Predominant Use of One Lender and One Guaranty
Agency. Our students have traditionally
received their FFEL student loans from a limited number of
lending institutions. For example, in our 2008 fiscal year, one
lending institution, Sallie Mae, provided approximately 90% of
the FFEL loans that our students received. In addition, in our
2008 fiscal year, one student loan guaranty agency, United
Student Aid Funds (USAF), guaranteed approximately 90% of the
FFEL loans that our students received. Sallie Mae and USAF are
among the largest student loan lending institutions and guaranty
agencies in the United States in terms of loan volume.
We currently have a list of four federal student loan providers
and a separate list of three private unaffiliated alternative
loan providers to assist new borrowers in selecting a lender.
These lenders were selected for their quality customer service,
national presence, borrower benefits, streamlined processing and
consistent willingness to lend to our students. Although our
lender lists are designed to provide a starting point for lender
selection, at the students direction, we will process
applications from any qualified lender or guarantee agency that
a student selects. In addition, we continue to refine our
student loan application process and update our related website.
The 2008 Act requires us to conduct a formal request for
information annually as it relates to the use of lender lists.
20
Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995:
This 2008
Form 10-K
and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which
include information relating to future events, future financial
performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment,
regulation and availability of resources. From time to time, we
also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we
release to the public as well as verbal forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements include, without
limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs;
scheduled openings of new campuses and campus expansions;
expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity; statements
concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or
forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results
and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar
expressions. Such statements give our current expectations or
forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. Words such as may,
will, should, could,
would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates, and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking
statements.
We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will
be realized, although we believe we have been prudent in our
plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject
to risks, uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions.
Many events beyond our control may determine whether results we
anticipate will be achieved. Should known or unknown risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from
past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You
should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking
statements.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise. You are advised,
however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related
subjects in our
Form 10-Q
and 8-K
reports to the SEC. Also note that we provide the following
cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly
inaccurate assumptions relevant to our business. These are
factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could
cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and
historical results. We note these factors for investors as
permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. You should understand that it is not possible to predict
or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not
consider the following to be a complete discussion of all
potential risks or uncertainties.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Failure
of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for school operations could result in financial
penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external
financial aid funding.
In 2008, we derived approximately 72% of our net revenues, on a
cash basis, from federal student financial aid programs,
referred to in this report as Title IV Programs,
administered by ED. To participate in Title IV Programs, a
school must receive and maintain authorization by the
appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an
accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as an
eligible institution by ED. As a result, our undergraduate
schools are subject to extensive regulation by the state
education agencies, our accrediting commission and ED. These
regulatory requirements cover the vast majority of our
operations, including our undergraduate educational programs,
facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and financial condition. These regulatory
requirements also affect our ability to acquire or open
additional schools, add new, or expand our existing
undergraduate educational programs and change our corporate
structure and ownership. Most ED requirements are applied on an
institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as a main
campus and its additional locations, if any. Under EDs
definition, we have three such institutions. The state education
agencies, our accrediting commission and ED periodically revise
their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing
requirements.
If our schools failed to comply with any of these regulatory
requirements, our regulatory agencies could impose monetary
penalties, place limitations on our schools operations,
terminate our schools ability to grant
21
degrees, diplomas and certificates, revoke our schools
accreditation or terminate their eligibility to receive
Title IV Program funds, each of which could adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations and
liquidity and impose significant operating restrictions upon us.
In addition, the loss by any of our institutions of its
accreditation necessary for Title IV Program eligibility,
or the loss of any such institutions eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs, in each case that is not
cured within a specified period, constitutes an event of default
under our credit facility agreement. We cannot predict with
certainty how all of these regulatory requirements will be
applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply
with all of the requirements in the future. We believe that we
have described the most significant regulatory risks that apply
to our schools in the following paragraphs.
A
substantial decrease in student financing options, or a
significant increase in financing costs for our students, could
have a material adverse affect on our student population and
consequently, on our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently
suffered from increases in default rates and foreclosures on
mortgages and other loans. Providers of federally guaranteed
student loans and alternative student loans have also
experienced increases in default rates. Adverse market
conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans
have resulted in providers of alternative loans and FFEL lenders
exiting the student loan market and other providers reducing the
attractiveness
and/or
decreasing the availability of alternative loans to
postsecondary students, including students with low credit
scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based
alternative loans. Prospective students may find that increased
financing costs make borrowing to fund their education costs
unattractive and motivate them to abandon or delay enrollment in
postsecondary education programs such as our programs. Tight
credit markets may also move private lenders to impose on us and
our students new or increased fees in order to provide
alternative loans to prospective and continuing students. If any
of these scenarios were to occur, in whole or in part, our
students ability to finance their education could be
adversely affected and could result in a decrease in our student
population, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In January 2008, we received notification that Sallie Mae would
be terminating its discount loan program with us, and more
broadly within all of the postsecondary education market. In
2007 and 2008, our students obtained approximately
$5.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively, of
student loans under the Sallie Mae discount loan program with
us. In October 2008, we received notification that Sallie Mae is
tightening the underwriting criteria on all private student loan
products and could result in lower approval rates on loans for
our students. While we are taking steps to address the private
loan needs of our students, the inability of our students to
finance their education could cause our student population to
decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Additionally, any actions by the U.S. Congress that
significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or the
ability of our students to participate in these programs, or
establish different or more stringent requirements for our
U.S. schools to participate in Title IV Programs,
could have a material adverse effect on our student population,
and consequently, on our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
Congress
may change the law or reduce funding for Title IV Programs
which could reduce our student population, net revenues and/or
profit margin.
Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965,
as amended, and other laws governing Title IV Programs and
annually determines the funding level for each Title IV
Program. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces
funding for Title IV Programs, such as the new legislation
which reduces subsidies available to FFEL lenders resulting in
certain lenders no longer providing funding opportunities to our
students, or the ability of our schools or students to receive
funding through these programs could reduce our student
population and net revenues. Congressional action may also
require us to modify our practices in ways that could result in
increased administrative costs and decreased profitability.
22
A high
percentage of the Title IV student loans our students
receive were made by one lender and guaranteed by one guaranty
agency which exposes us to financial and regulatory
risk.
In 2008, one lender, Sallie Mae, provided approximately 90% of
all FFEL loans that our students received and one student loan
guaranty agency, USAF, guaranteed approximately 90% of the FFEL
loans made to our students. Sallie Mae and USAF are among the
largest student loan lending institutions and guaranty agencies
in the United States in terms of loan volume. If loans made
by Sallie Mae or guaranteed by USAF were significantly reduced
or no longer available and we were not able to timely identify
other lenders and guarantors to make and guarantee Title IV
Program loans for our students, there could be a delay in our
students receipt of their loan funds or in our tuition
collection, which would reduce our student population.
If our
schools do not maintain their state authorizations, they may not
operate or participate in Title IV Programs.
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in
which it is located. Requirements for authorization vary
substantially among states. State authorization is also required
for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV
Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from
the education agency of the state in which the school is located
would end that schools eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.
If our
schools do not maintain their accreditation, they may not
participate in Title IV Programs.
A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by ED in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our schools would end
that schools participation in Title IV Programs and
could cause us to close the school.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if the percentage of their revenue derived from those
programs is too high which could reduce our student
population.
Prior to the 2008 Act, under the 90/10 Rule, a for-profit
institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of its
revenue, as defined by ED, from those programs in any fiscal
year. The 2008 Act revised the 90/10 Rule so that an institution
must exceed the 90% threshold for two consecutive institutional
fiscal years to be subject to loss of Title IV eligibility.
Further, if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single
year, ED will place the institution on provisional certification
for a period of at least two years. In our 2008 and 2007 fiscal
years, under the regulatory formula prescribed by ED, none of
our institutions derived more than 74% of its revenues from
Title IV Programs. If any of our institutions loses
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, such a
loss would adversely affect our students access to various
government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could
reduce our student population.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all Title IV Programs if its former students default on
the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of
specified levels. Based upon the most recent student loan
default rates published by ED, none of our institutions has
student loan default rates that exceed the specified levels. If
any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs because of high student loan default
rates, such a loss would adversely affect our students
access to various government-sponsored student financial aid
programs which could reduce our student population.
If we
or our schools do not meet the financial responsibility
standards prescribed by ED, we may be required to post letters
of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs could be terminated or limited which could reduce our
student population or impact our cash flow.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must
satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed
by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly
accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
Programs. We are not currently required to post a letter of
credit. We may be required to post letters of credit
23
in the future, which could increase our costs of regulatory
compliance. Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit
or other limitations on our participation in Title IV
Programs could limit our students access to various
government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could
reduce our student population or impact our cash flow.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV Program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
programs.
A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that has been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them and must return
those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated
and timely returned, we may be required to post a letter of
credit in favor of ED or be otherwise sanctioned by ED, which
could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely
affect our results of operations.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV Programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based on
success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any
person involved in any student recruiting or admission
activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of
Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing
this requirement do not establish clear criteria for compliance
in all circumstances. If we violate this law we could be fined
or otherwise sanctioned by ED.
Government
and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance
reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against
us.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and
lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties. While we are committed to strict compliance with all
applicable laws, regulations and accrediting standards, if the
results of government, regulatory or third party reviews or
proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend
successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to
pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of
federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we
adequately address issues raised by an agency review or
successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert
significant financial and management resources from our ongoing
business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or
defend those lawsuits or claims.
Our
business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result
of regulatory investigations of, or actions commenced against,
other companies in our industry.
In recent years the operations of a number of companies in the
education and training services industry have been subject to
intense regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, allegations of
wrongdoing on the part of such companies have resulted in formal
or informal investigations by the U.S. Department of
Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, state
governmental agencies and ED. These actions have caused a
significant decline in the stock price of such companies. These
investigations of specific companies in the education and
training services industry could have a negative impact on our
industry as a whole and on our stock price. Furthermore, the
outcome of such investigations and any accompanying adverse
publicity could negatively affect our business.
Budget
constraints in some states may affect our ability to obtain
necessary authorizations or approvals from those states to
conduct or change our operations.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that some states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our schools. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making such changes or
could delay
24
our ability to make such changes. In July 2007, the California
Bureau for Private Postsecondary and Vocational Education
(BPPVE), the state agency authorizing our schools in California,
ceased operations. We have signed a voluntary agreement with the
California Department of Consumer affairs whereby our California
campuses continued to operate in accordance with the expired
BPPVE statute. This initial agreement expired February 2008 and
we were not required to sign a new agreement but voluntarily
continue to operate under the original agreement.
In January 2008, our accreditor, ACCSCT, reached an
understanding with the U.S. Department of Education that in
the absence of a state approving agency that would authorize new
programs and other substantive changes for our California
schools, ACCSCT would continue to accredit new applications and
the Department of Education would recognize them within the
scope of approved programs for our schools for Title IV
funding purposes.
Budget
constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our
students could reduce the amount of such financial aid that is
available to our students which could reduce our student
population.
A significant number of states are facing budget constraints
that are causing them to reduce state appropriations in a number
of areas. Many of those states, including California and
Pennsylvania, provide financial aid to our students. These and
other states may decide to reduce the amount of state financial
aid that they provide to students, but we cannot predict how
significant any of these reductions will be or how long they
will last. If the level of state funding for our students
decreases and our students are not able to secure alternative
sources of funding, our student population could be reduced.
If
regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that
participates in Title IV Program funding, the acquired
school would not be permitted to participate in Title IV
Programs, which could impair our ability to operate the acquired
school as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from
the acquisition of that school.
If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV
Program funding, we must obtain approval from ED and applicable
state education agencies and accrediting commissions in order
for the school to be able to continue operating and
participating in Title IV Programs. While we would attempt
to ensure we will be able to receive such approval prior to
acquiring a school, approval may be withheld or postponed due to
matters outside of our control. An acquisition can result in the
temporary suspension of the acquired schools participation
in Title IV Programs unless we submit a timely and
materially complete application for recertification to ED and ED
grants a temporary certification. If we were unable to timely
re-establish the state authorization, accreditation or ED
certification of the acquired school, our ability to operate the
acquired school as planned or to realize the anticipated
benefits from the acquisition of that school could be impaired.
If
regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company or any
of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV
Programs may be impaired.
If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under
the standards of applicable state education agencies, our
accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must
seek the approval of the relevant regulatory agencies.
Transactions or events that constitute a change of control
include significant acquisitions or dispositions of our common
stock or significant changes in the composition of our board of
directors. Some of these transactions or events may be beyond
our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving,
approval of any change of control from ED, our accrediting
commission or any state in which our schools are located could
impair our ability to participate in Title IV Programs. Our
failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, approval of any
change of control from any state in which we do not have a
school but in which we recruit students could require us to
suspend our recruitment of students in that state until we
receive the required approval. The potential adverse effects of
a change of control with respect to participation in
Title IV Programs could influence future decisions by us
and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer,
issuance or redemption of our stock.
25
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we
fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may incur
higher than anticipated costs and expenses which likely will
result in a deterioration of our profitability and operating
margins.
We experienced a period of significant growth, opened new
campuses and expanded seating capacity from 1998 through 2006.
During 2007 and 2008, our number of average students decreased
which, when combined with the additional capacity created since
1998, has led to underutilized seating capacity throughout 2007
and 2008. Our continuing efforts to fill existing seating
capacity may strain our management, operations, employees or
other resources. We may not be able to maintain our current
seating capacity utilization rates, effectively manage our
operation or achieve planned capacity utilization on a timely or
profitable basis. If we are unable to fill our underutilized
seating capacity, we may experience operating inefficiencies
that likely will increase our costs more than we had planned
resulting in a deterioration of our profitability and operating
margins.
We
have established a proprietary loan program that could have a
material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
We have developed a proprietary loan program that enables
students who have exhausted all available government-sponsored
or other aid and are unable to obtain private loans from other
financial institutions to borrow a portion of their tuition if
they meet certain criteria.
Historically, we had two loan programs with Sallie Mae for
students with low credit scores who otherwise would not qualify
for traditional loans. These loan programs required that we pay
a discount fee as a reserve against future defaults on these
loans. We have historically referred to these type of loans as
discount loans, since we incurred a portion of the
default risk related to these students loans by taking a
discount on the disbursement.
Effective in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 we were informed
by Sallie Mae that they would no longer provide discount loans
to our students. In the face of this change in policy, we
established a proprietary loan program with a national chartered
bank. Under the terms of the related agreements, the bank
originates loans for our students who meet our specific credit
criteria with the related proceeds to be used exclusively to
fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase all such loans
from the bank on a monthly basis and assume all the related
credit and collection risk. Since we initiated the program in
the third quarter of fiscal 2008, we have acquired all of the
loans that have been originated. At September 30, 2008, we
had committed to provide loans to our students for approximately
$3.8 million and of that amount, there was
$1.7 million in loans outstanding. Additionally, under the
terms of the agreement, we placed $2.0 million, an amount
that exceeds the FDIC insurance limits, on deposit with the
national chartered bank.
Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans
include general economic conditions; compliance with laws
applicable to the origination; servicing and collection of
loans; the quality of our loan servicers performance; a
decline in graduate employment opportunities; and the priority
that the borrowers under this loan program, particularly
students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their
programs of study, attach to repaying these loans as compared to
other obligations.
A number of factors also may contribute to fewer students
participating in this new proprietary loan program than we
currently expect. Students may believe that loans under this
program are unattractive, or we may find that fewer students
qualify for the program than we anticipate. If that occurs, our
student populations may decrease.
Federal, state and local laws and public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers
apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans
that we would purchase under this new proprietary loan program.
Any violation of the various federal, state and local laws,
including, in some instances, violations of these laws by
parties not under our control, may result in losses on the loans
that we purchase or may limit our ability to collect all or part
of the principal or interest on the loans that we purchase. This
may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for the
violations by such parties. Federal or state financial
regulators also might delay or suspend the new student loan
program for a variety of reasons. Additionally, depending on the
terms of the loans, state consumer credit regulators may assert
that our activities in connection with the new student loan
program require us to obtain one or more licenses, registrations
or other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be
able to be obtained in a timely manner, if at all.
26
We
rely on two third parties to originate, process and service
loans under our proprietary loan program. If these companies
fail or discontinue providing such services, our business could
be harmed.
A small federally chartered national bank with a small market
capitalization originates loans under our proprietary loan
program. If the bank no longer provides service under the
contract, we do not have an alternative bank to fulfill the
demand. There are a limited number of national banks that are
willing to participate in a program such as our proprietary loan
program. The time it could take us to replace the bank could
result in an interruption in the loan origination process which
could result in a decrease in our student populations. Also, a
single company processes loan applications and services the
loans under our proprietary loan program. There is a
90-day
termination clause in the contract under which they provide
these services. If this company were to terminate the contract,
we could experience an interruption in loan application
processing or loan servicing, which could result in a decrease
in our student populations.
An
increase in interest rates and a tightening of credit markets
could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain
students.
In recent years, increases in interest rates and a tightening of
credit markets have resulted in a less favorable borrowing
environment for our students. Much of the financing our students
receive is tied to floating interest rates. Therefore, increased
interest rates have resulted in a corresponding increase in the
cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their
studies which has resulted in and could result in further
reductions in our student population and net revenues. Higher
interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates
with respect to our students repayment of their education
loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our
eligibility for Title IV Program participation, which could
result in a reduction in our student population. In addition, a
tightening of credit markets could adversely impact the ability
of borrowers with little or poor credit history, such as many of
our students, to borrow the necessary funds at an acceptable
interest rate.
Increasing
fuel prices and living expenses could continue to affect our
ability to attract and retain students.
Our ability to increase student enrollments is sensitive to
changes in economic conditions and other factors such as higher
fuel prices and living expenses. Affordability concerns
associated with increased gas and housing prices have made it
more challenging and expensive for us to attract and retain
students. During 2008, our number of average students has
declined causing us to invest heavily in sales and marketing
efforts and seek out additional funding sources for our
students. If these efforts are unsuccessful, our ability to
attract and retain students could be adversely affected which
could result in a further decline in student populations.
Failure
on our part to maintain and expand existing industry
relationships and develop new industry relationships with our
industry customers could impair our ability to attract and
retain students.
We have an extensive set of industry relationships that we
believe affords us a significant competitive strength and
supports our market leadership. These types of relationships
enable us to support undergraduate enrollment by attracting
students through brand name recognition and the associated
prospect of high-quality employment opportunities. Additionally,
these relationships allow us to diversify funding sources,
expand the scope and increase the number of programs we offer
and reduce our costs and capital expenditures due to the fact
that, pursuant to the terms of the underlying contracts, we
provide a variety of specialized training programs and typically
do so using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by the OEMs.
These relationships also provide additional incremental revenue
opportunities from training the employees of our industry
customers. Our success depends in part on our ability to
maintain and expand our existing industry relationships and to
enter into new industry relationships. Certain of our existing
industry relationships, including those with American Suzuki
Motor Corp., Mercury Marine and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA, are not
memorialized in writing and are based on verbal understandings.
As a result, the rights of the parties under these arrangements
are less clearly defined than they would be were they in
writing. Additionally, certain of our existing industry
relationship agreements expire within the next six months. We
are currently negotiating to renew these agreements and intend
to renew them to the extent we can do so on satisfactory terms.
The reduction or elimination of, or failure to renew any of our
existing industry relationships, or
27
our failure to enter into new industry relationships, could
impair our ability to attract and retain students. As a result,
our market share and net revenues could decrease.
Competition
could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing
concerns.
The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. Some
traditional public and private colleges and universities and
community colleges, as well as other private career-oriented
schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be
similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge
lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government
subsidies and other financial sources not available to
for-profit schools. Some other for-profit education providers
have greater financial and other resources which may, among
other things, allow them to secure industry relationships with
some or all of the OEMs with which we have relationships or
develop other high profile industry relationships or devote more
resources to expanding their programs and their school network,
all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs.
In addition, some other for-profit education providers already
have a more extended or dense network of schools and campuses
than we do, thus enabling them to recruit students more
effectively from a wider geographic area.
We may limit tuition increases or increase spending in response
to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue
new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, net
revenues and operating margin may decrease. We cannot be sure
that we will be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us
will not adversely affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Our
success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the
content of existing programs and develop new programs in a
cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.
Prospective employers of our graduates demand that their
entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills.
These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with
technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, collision
repair, motorcycle and marine industries. Accordingly,
educational programs, at our schools must keep pace with those
technological advancements. Additionally, the method used to
deliver curriculum has been evolving to include on-line
delivery. The expansion of our existing programs and the
development of new programs, and changes in the method in which
we deliver them, may not be accepted by our students,
prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if
we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be
able to introduce these new programs as quickly as the
industries we serve require or as quickly as our competitors. If
we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market
requirements due to unusually rapid technological changes or
other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could
be impaired and our placement rates could suffer.
We have entered into a contract with a third party to transform
our automotive and diesel programs curriculum into a blended
learning experience that reflects current industry training
methods and standards. The blended learning model combines
several methodologies for communicating training information and
incorporates
on-site
classes, real-time online learning sessions and independent
learning and is the standard used by our industry partners to
provide continuous technical education. The contract may be
terminated by either party with a 30 day notice. If we are
not able to effectively and efficiently integrate the
transformed curriculum, this could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
Our
business may be adversely affected by a general economic
slowdown or recession in the U.S. or abroad.
The U.S. economy and the economies of other key
industrialized countries are characterized by reduced economic
activity, increased unemployment and substantial uncertainty
about their financial services markets. The U.S. and other
key economies may be in or heading toward recession. In
addition, homeowners in the U.S. have experienced an
unprecedented reduction in wealth due to the decline in
residential real estate values across much of the country. These
events may reduce the demand for our programs among students,
the willingness of employers to sponsor educational
opportunities for their employees, and the ability of our
students to find employment in the auto, diesel, motorcycle or
marine industries, any of which could materially and adversely
affect our business,
28
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In
addition, these events could adversely effect the ability or
willingness of our former students to repay student loans, which
could increase our student loan cohort default rate and require
increased time, attention and resources to manage these
defaults. See Risks Related to Our Industry Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population, above.
Our
cash and cash equivalents are sensitive to interest rate changes
and a significant decrease in interest rates could adversely
impact the performance of our investment.
As of September 30, 2008, we held $61.1 million of
excess cash in money market mutual funds that invest in
U.S. government securities. Lower interest rates may
significantly reduce our investment income in the future.
We
rely heavily on the reliability, security and performance of an
internally developed student management and reporting system,
and any difficulties in maintaining this system may result in
service interruptions, decreased customer service, or increased
expenditures.
The software that underlies our student management and reporting
has been developed primarily by our own employees. The
reliability and continuous availability of this internal system
is critical to our business. Any interruptions that hinder our
ability to timely deliver our services, or that materially
impact the efficiency or cost with which we provide these
services, or our ability to attract and retain computer
programmers with knowledge of the appropriate computer
programming language, would adversely affect our reputation and
profitability and our ability to conduct business and prepare
financial reports. In addition, many of the software systems we
currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced
with equivalent commercial products, either of which could
entail considerable effort and expense.
Our computer systems as well as those of our service providers
are vulnerable to interruption, malfunction or damage due to
events beyond our control, including malicious human acts,
natural disasters, and network and communications failures.
Moreover, despite network security measures, some of our servers
are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins,
computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the
precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems may
nevertheless cause failures in our information technology
systems. Sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt
our ability to process information in a timely manner could have
a material adverse effect on our operations.
We may
not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the
personnel we need to sustain and grow our
business.
Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend,
largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive
officers who generally have significant experience with our
company and within the technical education industry. Our success
also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and
retain highly qualified faculty, campus presidents,
administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of
our business we face significant competition in the attraction
and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we
seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently
compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry
key man life insurance. The loss of the services of
any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain
other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms,
could impair our ability to successfully manage our business.
If we
are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our
education representatives, the effectiveness of our student
recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire and train
new education representatives, as well as retain and continue to
develop our existing education representatives, who are our
employees dedicated to student recruitment. Our ability to
develop a strong education representative team may be affected
by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and
motivate our education representatives; our ability to
effectively train our education representatives; the length of
time it takes new education representatives to become
productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of
compensating education representatives; the competition we face
from
29
other companies in hiring and retaining education
representatives; and our ability to effectively manage a
multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to
hire, develop or retain our education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be
adversely affected.
Our
financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue
to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high
school graduates and adults seeking advanced
training.
The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and
working adults seeking advanced training is critical to the
continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability
to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce
our enrollments and impair our ability to increase net revenues
or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors
that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:
|
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;
|
|
|
|
diminished access to high school student populations;
|
|
|
|
our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors
related to our marketing or advertising practices;
|
|
|
|
our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine manufacturers and
suppliers; and
|
|
|
|
availability of funding sources acceptable to our students.
|
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on
quarter-to-quarter comparisons. Our results in any quarter may
not indicate the results we may achieve in any subsequent
quarter or for the full year. Our net revenues normally
fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business,
principally due to changes in total student population. Student
population varies as a result of new student enrollments,
graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools
have had lower student populations in our third fiscal quarter
than in the remainder of our fiscal year because fewer students
are enrolled during the summer months. Our expenses, however, do
not generally vary at the same rate as changes in our student
population and net revenues and, as a result, such expenses do
not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect
quarterly fluctuations in results of operations to continue as a
result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may
change, however, as a result of acquisitions, new school
openings, new program introductions and increased enrollments of
adult students. In addition, our net revenues for our first
fiscal quarter are adversely affected by the fact that we do not
recognize revenue during the calendar year-end holiday break
which falls primarily in that quarter. These fluctuations may
result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market
price of our common stock.
If we
fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial
reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential
stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting
which would harm our business and the trading price of our
stock.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by or under the supervision of our principal executive and
principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Our internal control structure is also
designed to provide reasonable assurance that fraud would be
detected or prevented before our financial statements could be
materially affected.
Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.
In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risks that our controls may
become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the
degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may
deteriorate.
30
If our internal control over financial reporting was not
effective, we could incur a negative impact to our reputation
and our financial statements could require adjustment which
could in turn lead to a decline in our stock price.
Failure
on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate
additional schools or campuses could reduce our ability to
implement our growth strategy.
As part of our business strategy we anticipate opening and
operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or
campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make
investments in management and capital expenditures, incur
marketing expenses and devote other resources that are
different, and in some cases greater, than those required with
respect to the operation of acquired schools. Accordingly, when
we open new schools, initial investments could reduce our
profitability. To open a new school or campus, we would be
required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission
approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that
could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be
eligible for Title IV Program funding, a new school or
campus would have to be certified by ED. We cannot be sure that
we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities to
maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will
be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new
schools or campuses. Our failure to effectively identify,
establish and manage the operations of newly established schools
or campuses could slow our growth and make any newly established
schools or campuses more costly to operate than we had planned.
We may
be unable to successfully complete or integrate future
acquisitions.
We may consider selective acquisitions in the future. We may not
be able to complete any acquisitions on favorable terms or, even
if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the
acquired businesses into our business. Integration challenges
include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital
expenditures, assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our
ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new
personnel. The successful integration of future acquisitions may
also require substantial attention from our senior management
and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could
decrease the time that they devote to the day-to-day management
of our business. If we do not successfully address risks and
challenges associated with acquisitions, including integration,
future acquisitions could harm, rather than enhance, our
operating performance. In addition, if we consummate an
acquisition, our capitalization and results of operations may
change significantly. A future acquisition could result in the
incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, an increase in
interest expense, amortization expenses, goodwill and other
intangible assets, charges relating to integration costs or an
increase in the number of shares outstanding. These results
could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations or financial condition or result in dilution to
current stockholders.
We
have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become
impaired and subject to a
write-down
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from the deterioration in the
operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes in the applicable laws or
regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the
period in which impairment is identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined
that our goodwill was recoverable at September 30, 2008 and
2007, and that impairment charges were not required. Should
student populations and related tuition revenues at either of
these reporting units decline significantly below anticipated
levels in the future, or should our discount rate increase
significantly, goodwill impairment charges may be required.
31
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
Campuses
and Other Properties
The following sets forth certain information relating to our
campuses and other properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Campuses:
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
248,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
114,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
159,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
223,900
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
158,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
232,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
NTI
|
|
|
146,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
172,100
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
219,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
Home Office:
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
Headquarters
|
|
|
65,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
32
We completed a sale and leaseback transaction of our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus on October 10, 2007. Under the terms
of the transaction, we sold our facilities for
$33.0 million, received net proceeds of $32.6 million
and realized a minimal pretax gain on the transaction during our
first quarter which will be amortized over the life of the new
lease. Concurrent with the sale, we leased back the facilities
for an initial term of 15 years at an annual rent of
$2.6 million subject to escalation every 2 years. We
have the option to renew the agreement four times for up to
20 years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Advanced Training Centers:
|
|
Audi Academy
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
9,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Audi Academy
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
|
8,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
|
13,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE & ELITE CRT
|
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
|
27,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volkswagen VATRP
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
|
6,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volkswagen VATRP
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
|
8,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volvo SAFE
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining
terms that range from less than one year to approximately
16 years. Many of the leases are renewable for additional
terms at our option.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we accrue
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
As we previously reported, in October 2007, we received letters
from the Department of Education for two of our schools, and in
May 2007, we received letters from the Offices of the Attorneys
General of the State of Arizona and the State of Illinois. The
letters requested information related to our relationships with
student loan lenders as well as information regarding our
business practices. We have submitted timely responses to these
requests. As part of the Arizona inquiry, we assisted in
developing a code of conduct regarding lender practices, which
we have since adopted. We received notification that the Office
of Attorney General of the State of Arizona investigation was
33
resolved in August 2008. In November 2007, we received a request
for similar information from the Florida Attorney Generals
office. After submitting a timely response, we were notified in
March 2008 that the investigation was closed without incident.
As we previously reported, in April 2004, we received a letter
on behalf of nine former employees of National Technology
Transfer, Inc. (NTT), an entity that we purchased in 1998 and
subsequently sold, making a demand for an aggregate payment of
approximately $0.3 million and 19,756 shares of our
common stock. In order to limit further litigation expense on
this matter, we settled this matter in May 2008 for an amount
less than we accrued in previous periods.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table. All
executive officers serve at the direction of the Board of
Directors. Mr. White and Ms. McWaters also serve as
directors of UTI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
John C. White
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Kimberly J. McWaters
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Sherrell E. Smith
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
|
Robert K. Adler
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Campus Admissions
|
Richard P Crain
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Marketing
|
Joseph R. Cutler
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Field Admissions
|
Chad A. Freed
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
Roger L. Speer
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Custom Training Group and Support
Services
|
Larry H. Wolff
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
|
John C. White has served as UTIs Chairman of the
Board since October 1, 2005. Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Vice Chairman
from October 1, 2003 to September 30, 2005. From April
2002 to September 30, 2003, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Co-Chairman of
the Board. From 1998 to March 2002, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Chairman of the
Board. Mr. White served as the President of Clinton Harley
Corporation, which operated under the name Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute from 1977 until it was
acquired by UTI in 1998. Prior to 1977, Mr. White was a
marketing representative with International Business Machines
Corporation. Mr. White was appointed by the Arizona Senate
to serve as a member of the Joint Legislative Committee on
Private Regionally Accredited Degree Granting Colleges and
Universities and Private Nationally Accredited Degree Granting
and Vocational Institutions in 1990. He was appointed by the
Governor of Arizona to the Arizona State Board for Private
Post-secondary Education, where he was a member and Complaint
Committee Chairman from
1993-2001.
Mr. White received a BS in Engineering from the University
of Illinois.
Kimberly J. McWaters has served as UTIs Chief
Executive Officer since October 1, 2003 and as a director
on UTIs Board since February 16, 2005.
Ms. McWaters has served as UTIs President since 2000
and served on UTIs Board from 2002 to 2003. From 1984 to
2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions with UTI
including Vice President of Marketing and Vice President of
Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also serves as a director
of Penske Auto Group, Inc. Ms. McWaters received a BS in
Business Administration from the University of Phoenix.
34
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. has served as UTIs
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July
2008. Mr. Putnam had been UTIs Interim CFO since
January 2008. From June 2005 to May 2007, Mr. Putnam served
as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aegis
Mortgage Corporation which declared bankruptcy in 2007. Prior to
that, Mr. Putnam was President of Coastal Securities, L.P.
and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Sterling Bancshares, Inc. from March 2001 to March 2003.
Mr. Putnam also spent 14 years as Director of Investor
Relations and in various corporate finance positions with
SunTrust Banks, Inc. Mr. Putnam also serves as a director
of Community Bankers Trust Corporation. Mr. Putnam
received a BS in Economics from the University of California,
Los Angeles and an MBA from the University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill.
Sherrell E. Smith has served as UTIs Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2008. From
1986 to 2008, Mr. Smith held several positions with UTI
including Director of Student Services, Campus President and
Senior Campus President of the UTI Arizona campus, Senior Campus
President of the UTI Rancho Cucamonga campus, Regional Vice
President of Operations, Senior Vice President of Operations and
Education and Executive Vice President of Operations.
Mr. Smith received a BS in Management from Arizona State
University.
Robert K. Adler has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Campus Admissions since September 2008. From May
2006 to June 2007, Mr. Adler served as the Campus President
of the UTI Massachusetts campus, from July to August 2007 he
served as the Campus President of the UTI Arizona campus and
from September 2007 to August 2008 he served as the Vice
President of Campus Admissions. From 2002 to 2004,
Mr. Adler served as the Director of Admissions/Operations
and from 2004 to April 2006, Mr. Adler served as the Vice
President of Massachusetts campuses for the University of
Phoenix. Mr. Adler received a BS in Business Administration
and an MBA from the University of Phoenix.
Richard P. Crain has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Marketing since January 2007. From 2003 to 2006,
Mr. Crain served as a marketing consultant for his own
consulting firm. From 1988 to 2003, Mr. Crain served in
senior marketing leadership positions at Verizon Communications
and GTE Service Corporation. Mr. Crain received a BS in
Business Administration with a concentration in marketing from
the University of Texas.
Joseph R. Cutler has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Field Admissions since February 2007. From 1983 to
2007, Mr. Cutler held several positions with UTI including
Admissions Representative, Admissions Field Manager, Director of
Admissions, Regional Admissions Director and District Vice
President of Admissions. Mr. Cutler received a BS in
Criminal Administration of Justice from the University of
Louisiana.
Chad A. Freed has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President and General Counsel since February 2005. From March
2004 to February 2005, Mr. Freed served as UTIs Vice
President and Corporate Counsel. From 1998 to February 2004,
Mr. Freed practiced corporate and securities law with the
international law firm of Bryan Cave LLP. Mr. Freed
received a BS in French and International Business from
Pennsylvania State University and a JD from Tulane University.
Roger L. Speer has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Custom Training Group and Support Services since
July 2006. From 1988 to 2006, Mr. Speer held several
positions with UTI including Director of Graduate Employment at
the UTI Arizona Campus, Corporate Director of Graduate
Employment, Campus President of the UTI Glendale Heights Campus,
Vice President of Operations and Senior Vice President of
Operations/Education. Mr. Speer received a BS in Human
Resource Management from Arizona State University.
Larry H. Wolff has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President, Chief Information Officer since June 2005. From June
2003 to June 2005, Mr. Wolff served as a management
consultant advising major businesses and startup companies. From
1998 to 2003, Mr. Wolff served as Senior Vice President and
Chief Information Officer of Reed Business Information, a
division of Reed Elsevier PLC. Mr. Wolff received a BS in
Computer Science from Seton Hall University.
35
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
under the symbol UTI.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales
prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE,
for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.37
|
|
|
$
|
16.43
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.20
|
|
|
$
|
6.71
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
14.47
|
|
|
$
|
10.20
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.74
|
|
|
$
|
12.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.92
|
|
|
$
|
17.54
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
25.13
|
|
|
$
|
21.90
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
27.12
|
|
|
$
|
22.94
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
26.04
|
|
|
$
|
17.60
|
|
The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on
November 17, 2008, was $16.53 per share. As of
November 17, 2008 there were 61 holders of record of our
common stock.
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, the
availability of third-party financing and the financial
responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as any
economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
Sales of
Unregistered Securities; Repurchase of Securities
We did not make any sales of unregistered securities during the
three months ended September 30, 2008.
The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities
for the three months ended September 30, 2008:
ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Approximate
|
|
|
|
(a) Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
(b) Average
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares That May Yet
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Be Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased(1)
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
the Plans Or Programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)(2)
|
|
|
July 2008
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
$
|
14.68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,534
|
|
August 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,534
|
|
September 2008
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
$
|
17.16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares of common stock delivered to us as payment of
taxes on the vesting of shares of our common stock which were
granted subject to forfeiture restrictions under our 2003
Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
On November 6, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock in
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
This program was announced in a press release filed as an
exhibit to the companys
Form 8-K
filed on November 27, 2007. |
36
Stock
Performance Graph
The following Stock Performance Graph and related information
shall not be deemed soliciting material or
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
nor should such information be incorporated by reference into
any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference in such
filing.
This graph compares total cumulative stockholder return on our
common stock during the period from December 17, 2003 (the
date on which our common stock first traded on The New York
Stock Exchange) through September 30, 2008 with the
cumulative return on the NYSE Stock Market Index
(U.S. Companies) and a Peer Issuer Group Index. The peer
issuer group consists of the companies identified below, which
were selected on the basis of the similar nature of their
business. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on
December 17, 2003, and any dividends were reinvested on the
date on which they were paid.
|
|
|
Companies in the Self-Determined Peer Group
|
|
|
Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
Career Education Corporation
|
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
|
|
DeVry, Inc. Del
|
I T T Educational Services, Inc.
|
|
Laureate Education, Inc.
|
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation
|
|
Strayer Education, Inc.
|
Notes:
|
|
|
A. |
|
The lines represent monthly index levels derived from compounded
daily returns that include all dividends. |
|
|
|
B. |
|
The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market
capitalization on the previous trading day. |
|
C. |
|
If the monthly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a
trading day, the preceding trading day is used. |
|
D. |
|
The index level for all series was set to $100.0 on 12/17/2003 |
|
|
|
Prepared by Zacks Investment Research Inc. Used with permission.
All rights reserved. |
37
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
financial and operating data as of and for the periods
indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth
below together with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated statement of operations data and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of each of the five
years ended September 30, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004
have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
145,026
|
|
|
|
116,730
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
109,996
|
|
|
|
88,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
329,620
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
255,022
|
|
|
|
205,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
55,778
|
|
|
|
50,122
|
|
Interest income (expense), net(2)
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
|
|
1,461
|
|
|
|
(1,031
|
)
|
Other income (expense)(3)
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,134
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before taxes
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
|
|
26,370
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
|
|
57,239
|
|
|
|
47,957
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
21,420
|
|
|
|
19,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
15,564
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
35,819
|
|
|
|
28,820
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common shareholders
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
Weighted average shares (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
|
|
24,659
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
27,585
|
|
Other Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
|
$
|
8,812
|
|
Number of campuses
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Average undergraduate enrollments
|
|
|
14,941
|
|
|
|
15,856
|
|
|
|
16,291
|
|
|
|
15,390
|
|
|
|
13,076
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
|
$
|
52,045
|
|
|
$
|
42,602
|
|
Current assets(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
117,619
|
|
|
$
|
103,134
|
|
|
$
|
70,269
|
|
|
$
|
103,698
|
|
|
$
|
77,128
|
|
Working capital (deficit)(4) ,(5)
|
|
$
|
31,015
|
|
|
$
|
7,252
|
|
|
$
|
(26,009
|
)
|
|
$
|
13,817
|
|
|
$
|
6,612
|
|
Total assets(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
|
$
|
136,316
|
|
Total shareholders equity(4)
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
|
$
|
124,505
|
|
|
$
|
102,902
|
|
|
$
|
95,733
|
|
|
$
|
55,025
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In 2005 and 2006, we opened campuses in Norwood, Massachusetts
and Sacramento, California, respectively, which contributed to
the fluctuation in our results of operations and financial
position. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2004, our net interest expense was primarily due to
outstanding debt that was repaid in that fiscal year using
proceeds received from our initial public offering in December
2003. In 2005, we reported interest income, net |
38
|
|
|
|
|
which was a result of the repayment of our term debt in the
prior year and the investment of our excess cash in marketable
securities. |
|
(3) |
|
In 2004, our other expense was primarily due to the write-off of
unamortized deferred financing fees related to the early
retirement of the term loans under our senior credit facilities
with proceeds received from our initial public offering in
December 2003 and termination of our credit facility at
September 30, 2004. In fiscal 2008, our other expense is
primarily due to sublease rental income related to subleasing a
portion of our underutilized space at our home office. |
|
(4) |
|
During 2008 and 2006, we used cash and cash equivalents to
repurchase approximately $29.5 million and
$30.0 million, respectively, of our common shares which
decreased cash and cash equivalents, current assets and
increased our working capital (deficit). |
|
(5) |
|
In July 2007, we sold our facilities and assigned our rights and
obligations under our ground lease at our Sacramento, California
campus for $40.8 million and received net proceeds of
$40.1 million. In October 2007, we sold our facilities and
land at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus for $33.0 million
and received net proceeds of $32.6 million. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion together with the
Selected Financial Data and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
Report on
Form 10-K.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are
based on managements current expectations, estimates and
projections about our business and operations. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
General
Overview
We are the leading provider of post-secondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment. We offer
undergraduate degree, diploma or certificate programs at 10
campuses across the United States. We also offer manufacturer
specific advanced training programs that are sponsored by the
manufacturer or dealer, at 19 dedicated training centers. We
have provided technical education for over 40 years.
Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide and are presented as net
revenues after reductions related to discounts and scholarships
we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw from our programs
prior to specified dates and the portion of tuition students
have funded through our proprietary loan program. We generally
recognize tuition revenue and fees ratably over the terms of the
various programs we offer. We supplement our tuition revenues
with additional revenues from sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues, all of which are
recognized as sales occur or services are performed. In
aggregate, these additional revenues represented less than 4% of
our total net revenues in each year for the three-year period
ended September 30, 2008. Tuition revenue and fees
generally vary based on the average number of students enrolled
and average tuition charged per program.
Average student enrollments vary depending on, among other
factors, the number of (i) continuing students at the
beginning of a period, (ii) new student enrollments during
the period, (iii) students who have previously withdrawn
but decide to re-enroll during the period, and
(iv) graduations and withdrawals during the period. Our
average student enrollments are influenced by the attractiveness
of our program offerings to high school graduates and potential
adult students, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, the
depth of our industry relationships, the strength of employment
markets and long term career prospects, the quality of our
instructors and student services professionals, the persistence
of our students, the length of our education programs, the
availability of federal and alternative funding for our
programs, the number of graduates of our programs who elect to
attend the advanced training programs we offer and general
economic conditions. Our introduction of additional program
offerings at existing schools is expected to influence our
average student enrollment. We currently offer start dates at
our campuses that range from every three to six weeks throughout
the year in our various undergraduate programs. The
39
number of start dates of advanced programs varies by the
duration of those programs and the needs of the manufacturers
who sponsor them.
Our tuition charges vary by type and length of our programs and
the program level, such as undergraduate or advanced training.
Tuition rates have increased by approximately 3% to 5% per annum
in each year in the three-year period ended September 30,
2008. Tuition increases are generally consistent across our
schools and programs; however, changes in operating costs may
impact price increases at individual locations. We believe that
in future years we can continue to increase tuition as student
demand for our programs remains strong, tuition at other
post-secondary institutions continues to rise and student
funding options continue to be available, although future
increases may be less than past increases.
Most students at our campuses rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV Programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In 2008, approximately 72% of our net revenues, as defined by
the Department of Education, were derived from federal student
financial aid programs.
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students that are in attendance at
our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated through the
students participation in federally funded financial aid
programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of
Title IV funds for those students. In addition we share the
risk associated with less qualified borrowers with several
lenders. Under the agreements, we subsidize 5% to 70% of the
student loan amount, based upon the specific criteria in each
agreement and the risk associated with the student borrower. The
full loan balance is applied to the individual students
tuition requirements. Additionally we bear all credit and
collection risk for the portion of the student tuition balances
that are funded under our proprietary loan program discussed
below.
We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational
services and facilities and (ii) selling, general and
administrative.
Major components of educational services and facilities expenses
include faculty and other campus administration employees
compensation and benefits, facility rent, maintenance,
utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and
equipment used in the provision of educational services, tools,
training aids, royalties under our licensing arrangements and
other costs directly associated with teaching our programs and
providing educational services to our students.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include
compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly
associated with the provision of educational services, such as
executive management; finance and central accounting; legal;
human resources; marketing and student enrollment expenses,
including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in
sales and marketing and student admissions; costs of
professional services; bad debt expense; costs associated with
the implementation and operation of our student management and
reporting system; rent for our home office; depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the
provision of educational services and other costs that are
incidental to our operations. All marketing and student
enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred. Costs
related to the opening of new facilities, excluding related
capital expenditures, are expensed in the period incurred or
when services are provided.
2008
Overview
Operations
Our net revenues for the year ended September 30, 2008 were
$343.5 million, a decrease of 2.8% from the prior year, and
our net income for the year was $8.2 million, a decrease of
47.2%. The decrease in net revenues primarily related to a
decline in average undergraduate student enrollment and an
increase in need-based tuition scholarships, higher military and
veteran discounts and an increase in revenue that we will
recognize when we have collected cash under the alternative and
proprietary loan programs. These decreases were partially offset
by higher tuition prices and two additional revenue earning days
during the year ended September 30, 2008. Net income was
impacted by decreased net revenues and higher occupancy costs,
contract services, bad debt expense and marketing research and
development costs. The higher costs were partially offset by
lower compensation and related benefits, employee meetings
expense, advertising expense and depreciation expense.
40
Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment decreased
5.8% to 14,941 for the year ended September 30, 2008, as
compared to 15,856 for the year ended September 30, 2007.
Student starts declined by 2.1% for the year ended
September 30, 2008, as compared to a decline of 3.6% for
the year ended September 30, 2007. Recruitment efforts and
student starts lagged the prior year due to a variety of
factors. A portion of the decline in students is attributed to
internal execution challenges with lead generation and sales
processes experienced in prior periods. We continue to focus on
improving customer service levels, simplifying the application
process and identifying funding alternatives for our students.
Our ability to attract prospective students to fill existing
capacity continues to be impacted by external factors primarily
related to rising tuition, access to affordable funding, and
relocation costs. In response to both the external environment
and internal operational issues, we have implemented a plan that
focuses on stabilizing and improving key operating efforts. We
are uncertain when we will realize the benefits of these efforts.
We launched a new national advertising campaign in January 2008.
We believe the new campaign is providing a higher quality lead
for our campus-based representatives resulting in an increase in
the number of contracts written with future students during the
period of January through September 2008. The efficiencies of
the new national advertising campaign have resulted in a
decrease in spending for local and other less efficient media
while increasing lead productivity. Although we are seeing
positive trends from the national advertising campaign and our
campus-based representatives, increases in student populations
and tuition revenue lag any such early trends.
Student
Lending Environment
The regulatory environment related to Title IV funding and
lender practices continues to evolve. As a result of the
changing environment and the affordability concerns of our
students, in July 2007 we identified additional lenders, funding
sources and programs to provide more options for our students.
During 2007, Sallie Mae discontinued its opportunity fund
program, and effective in February 2008 it terminated its
discount loan programs. The opportunity fund and the discount
loan program were alternative loan options for our students who
did not qualify for traditional loans. Through
September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae certified approximately
$5.6 million of loans under the discount loan programs; we
had anticipated using $4.5 million to $5.5 million of
the program during fiscal 2008. During fiscal 2007,
approximately $5.1 million of loans, or 1.4% of revenue,
were funded through this program. As a result of changing the
alternative funding sources available to our students, we are
increasing the discount we pay to subsidize alternative loan
programs, increasing our need-based scholarship programs and
identifying additional alternative loans for our students. The
subsidies will be recognized as a reduction to tuition revenue
ratably over the students program.
In order to provide funding for students who are not able to
fully finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources, we established a proprietary loan
program with a national chartered bank in June 2008. Under terms
of the related agreements, the bank originates loans for our
students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related
proceeds to be used exclusively to fund a portion of their
tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on a
monthly basis and assume all of the related credit risk. The
loans bear interest at market rates; however, the principal and
interest payments are not required until six months after the
student completes or withdraws from his or her program. After
the deferral period, monthly principal and interest payments are
required over the related term of the loan.
The bank has agreed to provide these services in exchange for a
fee equivalent to 0.4% of the principal balance of each loan and
related fees. Under the terms of the related agreements, we
placed a $2.0 million deposit with the bank in July 2008 in
order to secure our related loan purchase obligation. This
balance is classified as restricted cash in our consolidated
balance sheet.
In substance, we are providing the students who participate in
this program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectibility is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we will recognize tuition revenue and loan
origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest
income required under the loan when such amounts have been
collected. We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our
historical collection
41
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of
the related revenue if appropriate. All related expenses
incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed
as incurred. Since loan collectibility is not reasonably
assured, the loans and related deferred tuition revenue have not
been recognized in our consolidated balance sheet.
Our Board of Directors has authorized the extension of up to
$10 million of credit under the proprietary loan program.
The program commenced at the end of June 2008. As of
September 30, 2008, we have committed to provide loans to
our students for approximately $3.8 million and of that
amount, there was approximately $1.7 million in loans
outstanding.
Significant
Transactions
We completed a sale and leaseback transaction of our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus on October 10, 2007. Under the terms
of the transaction, we sold our facilities and land for
$33.0 million, received net proceeds of $32.6 million
and realized a minimal pretax gain on the transaction during our
first quarter. Concurrent with the sale, we leased back the
facilities and land for an initial term of 15 years at an
annual rent of $2.6 million, subject to escalation every
2 years. We have the option to renew the agreement for up
to 20 years.
On November 26, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock in
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
The timing and actual number of shares purchased will depend on
a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory
requirements, and prevailing market conditions. We may terminate
or limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior
notice. The 10b5-1 plan under which we were repurchasing our
stock expired pursuant to its terms in February 2008 and we have
not entered into another plan. At September 30, 2008, we
had purchased 1,886,300 shares at a total cost of
approximately $29.5 million under the current program.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations
data as a percentage of net revenues for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
38.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
96.9
|
%
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
88.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
Capacity utilization is the ratio of our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment to total seats available. The
following table sets forth our average capacity utilization
during each of the periods indicated and the total seats
available at the end of each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
|
|
|
14,941
|
|
|
|
15,856
|
|
|
|
16,291
|
|
Total seats available
|
|
|
24,970
|
|
|
|
25,480
|
|
|
|
25,110
|
|
Average capacity utilization
|
|
|
59.8
|
%
|
|
|
62.2
|
%
|
|
|
64.9
|
%
|
During 2009, we plan to continue to seek alternate uses for our
underutilized space at existing campuses. Alternate uses may
include subleasing space to third parties, allocating additional
space for use by our manufacturer specific advanced training
programs, adding new industry relationships or consolidating
administrative functions into campus facilities.
During the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
we started 15,119 students, 15,440 students and 16,008 students,
respectively.
Year
Ended September 30, 2008 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2007
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2008 were $343.5 million,
representing a decrease of $9.9 million, or 2.8%, as
compared to net revenues of $353.4 million for the year
ended September 30, 2007. This decrease was due to a
5.8% decrease in the average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment and an increase of approximately $6.4 million in
need-based tuition scholarships, higher military and veteran
discounts. These decreases in net revenues were partially offset
by tuition increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on the
program, and two additional revenue earning days during the year
ended September 30, 2008. The two additional revenue
earning days resulted in additional revenue of $2.7 million.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2008
were $186.6 million, representing an increase of
$0.4 million, or 0.2%, as compared to educational services
and facilities expenses of $186.2 million for the year
ended September 30, 2007.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
96,506
|
|
|
$
|
101,884
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
|
28.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
36,068
|
|
|
|
29,526
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
33,719
|
|
|
|
35,233
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
14,936
|
|
|
|
15,846
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
5,411
|
|
|
|
3,756
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
186,640
|
|
|
$
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sale and leaseback of the Sacramento and Norwood facilities
in July 2007 and October 2007, respectively, resulted in an
increase in occupancy costs of $6.5 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 and a decrease in depreciation
expense of $0.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
Total compensation and related costs decreased by approximately
$5.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2008.
The decrease was attributable to lower faculty and other campus
administrative staff salaries offset by an increase in bonus
expense. Salaries expense decreased $6.0 million for the
year ended September 30, 2008 as a result of the reduction
in workforce undertaken during September 2007. Bonus expense
increased $0.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008 as a result of certain locations meeting
our bonus criteria for the year.
43
During the year ended September 30, 2008, we began
outsourcing a portion of our student financial aid processes to
a third party in order to enhance the student experience and
streamline our financial aid practices. Outsourcing these
activities allows for a more variable cost structure which
creates flexibility as our student population fluctuates. We
also invested in training our staff to improve skill level and
customer service and provided disability accommodations for
hearing-impaired students. These activities resulted in an
increase in contract services expense of $1.7 million. The
increases were partially offset by outplacement services for
employees impacted by our reduction in force during our 2007
fourth quarter.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2008 were $146.1 million, an increase of $2.7 million,
or 1.9%, as compared to selling, general and administrative
expenses of $143.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2007.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
78,751
|
|
|
$
|
80,406
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
28,413
|
|
|
|
26,888
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
27,282
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
8,180
|
|
|
|
5,424
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,123
|
|
|
$
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs decreased due to decreases in
salaries and stock compensation expense partially offset by
increases in bonus and benefits expense. Salaries expense
decreased $2.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008 primarily due to the sales force
reorganization which occurred in our 2007 third and fourth
quarters, partially offset by an increase in the number of
campus-based sales representatives during 2008. Stock-based
compensation expense decreased $1.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 primarily due to the timing of
vesting of our stock options and the departure of executives who
forfeited unvested options and restricted stock awards. Sales
representative bonus expense, which is based on student
retention and graduating students, increased $0.9 million
due to a new bonus plan for our campus-based sales
representatives, partially offset by a decrease in average
undergraduate enrollment. Management bonus expense increased
$0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2008 as
a result of certain locations meeting our bonus criteria for the
year. Benefits expense increased $0.3 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 due to increased expenses under
our self-insured employee benefit plans.
Advertising expense decreased $0.9 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008. As discussed in previous periods,
we increased our spending during our 2007 fourth quarter and
planned to decrease spending during our 2008 first quarter.
Historically, during our first quarter, our advertising and
marketing efforts have not yielded the desired results due to
competing media messages during the holiday and political
advertising season. Additionally, during our 2008 first quarter,
we were testing new marketing strategies and we chose to limit
our spending pending the results. We anticipate advertising
expenses will increase in future periods.
The increase in contract services expense is primarily due to an
increase of approximately $1.0 million related to contract
employees used to fill open positions in our marketing and
finance departments. We have also engaged outside consultants
and contracted with our primary advertising agency to provide
additional marketing and advertising research and creative
materials as we continue to invest in our national advertising
campaign contributing $1.5 million to the increase.
Additionally, we have incurred set up fees of approximately
$0.3 million associated with our proprietary loan program.
These increases were partially offset by a decrease of
approximately $0.2 million related to outplacement services
for employees impacted by our reduction in force during our 2007
fourth quarter.
44
Bad debt expense increased $1.0 million for the year
ended September 30, 2008 primarily due to outsourcing a
portion of the student financial aid process and adjusting to
the changes in the Title IV environment, both of which
resulted in a delay in receiving student financial aid funding
used to settle the students receivables. Additionally, the
ineffectiveness of the third party collection agency utilized
during most of 2008 also contributed to the increase in bad debt
expense.
Interest income. Our interest income
for the year ended September 30, 2008 was
$3.2 million, representing an increase of
$0.5 million, or 19.6%, compared to interest income of
$2.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2007.
The increase in interest income was primarily attributable to
the increase in cash available for investment due to the sale of
our Sacramento, California and Norwood, Massachusetts facilities
in July 2007 and October 2007, respectively, offset by the
repurchase of shares of our common stock during the year ended
September 30, 2008.
Other Income. Our other income for the
year ended September 30, 2008 was $0.2 million
representing sublease rental income.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2008 was
$5.8 million, or 41.4% of pre-tax income compared with
$10.8 million or 41.0% for the year ended
September 30, 2007. The effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related
federal income tax benefits. The increase in the tax rate as a
percentage of pretax income was primarily attributable to the
establishment of a valuation allowance for the deferred tax
assets related to certain state net operating losses.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2008 of $8.2 million, as compared to net
income of $15.6 million for the year ended
September 30, 2007.
Year
Ended September 30, 2007 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2006
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2007 were $353.4 million,
representing an increase of $6.3 million, or 1.8%, as
compared to net revenues of $347.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 2006.
We began teaching classes at our Norwood, Massachusetts and
Sacramento, California campuses in June 2005 and October 2005,
respectively, and we expanded the automotive program at our
Orlando, Florida campus in September 2006. Average undergraduate
full-time student enrollments at these campuses increased by
1,177 students, or 35.1%, for the year ended September 30,
2007. Our net revenues at our Norwood, Sacramento and Orlando
campuses increased $27.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2007. The increase in net revenues was a
result of the increase in average undergraduate full-time
student enrollment at these campuses, as well as tuition
increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on the program, an
increase in the number of students taking two courses at a time
and our change in policy reducing the number of free course
retakes from two to one. The change in the number of students
taking two courses at a time and the change in our retake policy
resulted in additional revenue of approximately
$0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The
increase due to these factors was offset by an increase in
need-based tuition scholarships and higher military and veteran
discounts of approximately $0.7 million.
Net revenues at all campuses, other than our Norwood, Sacramento
and Orlando campuses, decreased $21.0 million primarily due
to a decrease in average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment of 1,612 students, or 12.5%. Net revenue also
decreased due to an increase in need-based tuition scholarships,
higher military and veteran discounts as well as other
reductions to income that aggregated $2.9 million for the
year ended September 30, 2007. These decreases were
partially offset by tuition increases of between 3% and 5%,
depending on the program, and an increase of approximately
$2.1 million due to our change in policy reducing the
number of free course retakes from two to one.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2007
were $186.2 million, representing an increase of
$13.0 million, or 7.5%, as compared to educational services
and facilities expenses of $173.2 million for the year
ended September 30, 2006.
45
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
101,884
|
|
|
$
|
97,624
|
|
|
|
28.8
|
%
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
35,233
|
|
|
|
35,209
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
29,526
|
|
|
|
26,857
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
15,846
|
|
|
|
11,737
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
3,756
|
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
186,245
|
|
|
$
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
52.7
|
%
|
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We began teaching at our Norwood, Massachusetts and Sacramento,
California campuses in June 2005 and October 2005, respectively,
and we expanded the automotive program at our Orlando, Florida
campus in September 2006. The expansion of these campuses
resulted in an increase in compensation and related costs of
$6.3 million, depreciation expense of $1.9 million and
occupancy costs of $2.0 million. During our 2007 third
quarter, we exited two facilities and recorded an out of period
charge of approximately $1.0 million in depreciation
expense related to assets which were not fully depreciated.
During our 2007 fourth quarter, we recorded $0.2 million in
compensation and related costs for our expansion campuses
associated with our reduction in force.
The $6.3 million increase in compensation and related costs
attributable to our campus expansions was offset by a decrease
in expense of $2.2 million at all campuses, other than our
Norwood, Sacramento and Orlando campuses. The $2.2 million
decrease was due to a $3.9 million decrease attributable to
lower instructor salaries related to the decline in our average
undergraduate full-time student enrollment and a decrease in
bonus plan expenses as a result of not meeting all of our bonus
criteria for the year ended September 30, 2007. The
$3.9 million decrease was partially offset by an increase
of approximately $1.7 million related to compensation
related costs in connection with our reduction in force during
our 2007 fourth quarter.
The $2.0 million increase in contract services expense was
primarily due to our providing disability accommodations for
hearing-impaired students, outplacement services for employees
impacted by our reduction in force during our 2007 fourth
quarter and financial aid compliance efforts.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2007 were $143.4 million, an increase of
$10.3 million, or 7.7%, as compared to selling, general and
administrative expenses of $133.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 2006.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Net Revenues
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
80,406
|
|
|
$
|
73,866
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
27,282
|
|
|
|
22,772
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
26,888
|
|
|
|
27,662
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
5,424
|
|
|
|
4,104
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,375
|
|
|
$
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
38.4
|
%
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
Compensation and related costs increased due to increases in
salaries expense, stock-based compensation expense, employee
benefits expense and costs associated with our reduction in
force. Salaries and bonus expense increased $2.7 million
primarily due to annual merit increases and market adjustments,
partially offset by a decrease in bonus plan expenses as a
result of not meeting all of our bonus criteria for the year
ended September 30, 2007. Stock-based compensation expense
increased $1.6 million primarily due to the timing and mix
between stock option and restricted stock in our annual
stock-based compensation grants. Benefits expense increased
$1.4 million primarily due to an increase in expenses under
our self-insured medical plan. Compensation and related costs
also increased by $1.0 million to $1.6 million for the
year ended September 30, 2007 related to our reductions in
force in both the 2006 and 2007 fourth quarters.
Advertising expense increased by $4.5 million for the year
ended September 30, 2007, however, the increased spending
did not result in contract growth at the anticipated level.
During 2007, we modified our marketing strategy, evaluating our
lead and conversion trends and developing lead qualification
criteria. Over the long term we expect to target specific market
segments, improve the quality of our leads and potentially lower
spending in this category.
The increase in contract services expense was primarily due to
sales and marketing consulting services and outplacement
services for employees affected by our reduction in force during
our 2007 fourth quarter.
Five of our campuses are no longer subject to the 30 day
delay in receiving the first disbursement of funds under our
Title IV programs. See further discussion on the
30 day delay in Liquidity and Capital Resources
below. This fact, combined with our focused efforts on financial
aid processes and collection activities, led to lower out of
school student balances and lower bad debt expense for the year
ended September 30, 2007.
During 2007, as part of our internal financial aid compliance
efforts, we identified approximately $0.5 million of
federal aid which we were not entitled to retain. The aid was
returned to the federal government by September 30, 2007 at
the end of our internal analysis. The $0.5 million was
recorded to bad debt expense as we did not satisfy all
verification requirements or related regulation timeframes to
retain the funds for the period July 1, 2006 to
June 30, 2007.
Interest income. Our interest income
for the year ended September 30, 2007 was
$2.6 million, representing a decrease of $0.4 million,
or 11.8%, compared to interest income of $3.0 million for
the year ended September 30, 2006. The decrease in
interest income was primarily attributable to the decrease in
cash available for investment as a result of our investment in
our campus expansion and our repurchase of shares of our common
stock during the last half of the year ended September 30,
2006. This was partially offset by the increase in cash
available for investment as a result of the sale of our campus
located in Sacramento, California during our 2007 fourth quarter.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2007 was
$10.8 million, or 41.0% of pre-tax income compared with
$16.3 million or 37.3% for the year ended
September 30, 2006. Our effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of the related
federal income tax benefits. Our effective tax rate in 2007 of
41.0% exceeded the 37.3% rate experienced in 2006 primarily due
to a $0.9 million increase in our deferred tax asset
valuation allowance for state of Massachusetts investment tax
credits which are no longer available to us as a result of the
sale of our campus facilities in Norwood, Massachusetts.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2007 of $15.6 million, as compared to
net income of $27.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2006.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We finance our operating activities and our internal growth
through cash generated from operations. Our net cash from
operations was $21.1 million, $39.6 million and
$45.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
A majority of our net revenues are derived from Title IV
Programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of
disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs. Students
must apply for a new loan for each academic year consisting of
thirty-week periods. Loan funds are generally provided by
lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first
disbursement is usually received 30 days after the start of
a students academic year and the
47
second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of
the sixteenth week from the start of the students academic
year. Five of our campuses and certain types of grants and other
funding are not subject to a 30 day delay in receiving the
first disbursement. We participate in discount alternative loan
programs for less qualified borrowers and subsidize 5% to 70% of
the student loan amount. The full loan balance is applied to the
individual students tuition requirements. Additionally, we
established a proprietary loan program in which we bear all
credit and collection risk and students are not required to
begin repayment until six months after the student completes or
withdraws from his or her program. These factors, together with
the timing of when our students begin their programs, affect our
operating cash flow.
Operating
Activities
In 2008, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$21.1 million resulting from net income of
$8.2 million, adjustments of $28.3 million for
non-cash and other items, partially offset by $15.4 million
related to the change in our operating assets and liabilities.
The primary adjustments to our net income for non-cash and other
items were amortization and depreciation expense of
$17.6 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
stock-based compensation expense of $5.3 million and bad
debt expense of $4.4 million.
In 2009, amortization and depreciation expense is expected to be
higher due to additional capital expenditures placed in service
during fiscal 2008, stock-based compensation expense is expected
to be higher due to stock-based compensation grants in June 2008
and anticipated grants in 2009. Bad debt expense as a percentage
of revenue is expected to be consistent with 2008.
In 2007, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$39.6 million resulting from net income of
$15.6 million, adjustments of $28.3 million for
non-cash and other items, partially offset by $4.2 million
related to the change in our operating assets and liabilities.
The primary adjustments to our net income for non-cash and other
items were amortization and depreciation expense of
$18.8 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
stock-based compensation expense of $6.4 million and bad
debt expense of $3.4 million.
In 2006, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$45.4 million resulting from net income of $27.4 million,
adjustments of $21.7 million for non-cash and other items,
partially offset by $3.7 million related to the change in
our operating assets and liabilities. The primary adjustments to
our net income for non-cash and other items were amortization
and depreciation expense of $14.2 million, substantially
all of which was depreciation, stock-based compensation expense
of $4.9 million and bad debt expense of $4.7 million,
partially offset by deferred income taxes of approximately
$2.4 million.
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities
In 2008, changes in our operating assets and liabilities
resulted in cash outflows of $15.4 million and was
primarily attributable to changes in receivables and deferred
revenue.
In 2008, the change in receivables and deferred revenue resulted
in a combined use of cash of $16.0 million. The increase in
receivables resulted in the use of cash of $11.3 million.
In-school student receivables increased due to the challenges we
have experienced in our student financial aid process due to the
changing student funding environment and the resulting delay in
receiving student financial aid funding used to settle students
in-school receivable. The decrease in deferred revenue resulted
in a use of cash of $4.7 million and was primarily
attributable to the timing of student starts, the number of
students in school and where they were at year end in relation
to the completion of their program and an increase in need-based
tuition scholarships.
In 2007, changes in our operating assets and liabilities
resulted in cash outflows of $4.2 million and was primarily
attributable to changes in receivables, deferred revenue and
accounts payable and accrued expenses.
The change in receivables and deferred revenue resulted in a
combined use of cash of $1.7 million. The change was
attributable to an increase in need-based tuition scholarships
and higher military and veteran discounts, a decrease in student
receivables related to the timing of Title IV disbursements
and a lower number of student starts during the year ended
September 30, 2007 when compared to the year ended
September 30, 2006.
48
In 2007, accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased
$2.2 million and was primarily attributable to the timing
of our accounts payable cycle and the nature of our employee
benefit plans. The timing of our accounts payable cycle resulted
in a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
approximately $1.4 million, primarily attributable to a
decrease of $2.7 million in accrued capital expenditures
related to the completion of the expansion projects at our
Sacramento and Orlando campuses. This decrease was partially
offset by an increase in advertising accruals of
$0.9 million. The nature of our employee benefit and bonus
plans and the timing of payments under those plans resulted in a
decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of
approximately $0.7 million. The $0.7 million decrease
was primarily due to a decrease of $4.1 million related to
our bonus plans and $1.1 million in severance payments
related to our reduction in force in September 2006, partially
offset by an increase of $3.9 million in the severance
accrual related to our reduction in force in September 2007 and
$0.6 million primarily related to our self-insured employee
benefit plans.
In 2006, the change in our operating assets and liabilities of
$3.7 million was primarily due to changes in receivables
and deferred revenue, income taxes, other assets, and accounts
payable and accrued expenses. A combination of a lower number of
student starts during the year ended September 30, 2006
when compared to the year ended September 30, 2005,
operating efficiencies and our ability to request the first
disbursement of Title IV funding without a 30 day
delay at five campuses resulted in a decrease in receivables of
$1.8 million and an increase in deferred revenue of
$6.6 million resulting in a combined positive cash flow of
$8.4 million.
We were in an income tax receivable position at
September 30, 2006 as compared to an income tax payable
position at September 30, 2005 due to the timing of income
tax payments, which reduced cash by $3.7 million.
Additionally, we classified $0.8 million of the tax benefit
from stock-based compensation as a decrease in income taxes in
cash flows from operating activities with the offsetting
increase in cash flows from financing activities. Other assets
increased by $2.1 million primarily due to a prepayment of
software licenses. The cash used in accounts payable and accrued
expenses of $6.3 million was primarily due to the timing of
payments related to construction liabilities.
Our working capital increased by $23.7 million to
$31.0 million at September 30, 2008, as compared to a
working capital of $7.3 million at September 30, 2007.
The increase was primarily attributable to the
$32.6 million in cash proceeds from the sale of our
facilities at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus, an increase in
net receivables of $5.7 million and a decrease in deferred
revenue of $4.7 million, as discussed above. Additionally,
accounts payable and accrued expenses decreased by
$4.1 million primarily due to decreases in capital
expenses, accrued advertising, and outplacement services related
to the reduction in workforce undertaken in 2007. During 2008,
we purchased approximately 1.9 million shares of our common
stock at average price of $15.66 per share for a total of
approximately $29.5 million under the current share
repurchase program. Our current ratio was 1.36 at
September 30, 2008, as compared to 1.08 at
September 30, 2007. There were no amounts outstanding on
our line of credit at September 30, 2008 or
September 30, 2007.
Our working capital increased by $33.3 million to
$7.3 million at September 30, 2007, as compared to a
working capital deficit of $26.0 million at
September 30, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable
to $40.1 million in cash proceeds from the sale of our
facilities at our Sacramento, California campus. During 2006, we
repurchased approximately 1.4 million shares of our common
stock at an average purchase price of $20.95 per share. Our
current ratio was 1.08 at September 30, 2007 as compared to
0.73 at September 30, 2006. There were no amounts
outstanding on our line of credit at September 30, 2007 or
September 30, 2006.
Receivables, net were $20.2 million and $14.5 million
at September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our days
sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable was approximately
19 days at September 30, 2008 and 16 days at
September 30, 2007. The increase in DSO was primarily
attributable to the challenges we have experienced in our
student financial aid process due to the changing student
funding environment and the resulting delay in receiving student
financial aid funding used to settle students in-school
receivable.
Receivables, net were $14.5 million and $16.7 million
at September 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our days
sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable was approximately
16 days at September 30, 2007 and 20 days at
September 30, 2006. The improvement was primarily
attributable to the lower number of student starts during 2007
as compared to 2006 and operating efficiencies gained during
2007.
49
Investing
Activities
Our cash provided by (used in) investing activities is primarily
related to proceeds from the sale of property and equipment,
offset by the purchase of property and equipment and capital
improvements. Our capital expenditures primarily result from the
addition of new campuses, the expansion of existing campuses and
ongoing replacements of equipment related to student training.
Net cash provided by investing activities in the year ended
September 30, 2008 was $13.0 million. Net cash used in
investing activities was $6.4 million and
$29.9 million in the years ended September 30, 2007
and 2006, respectively.
The cash provided by investing activities during the year ended
September 30, 2008 of $13.0 million was primarily
related to proceeds received from the sale of the Norwood,
Massachusetts campus facility offset by capital expenditures
associated with existing campus expansions and ongoing
replacement of equipment related to student training.
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities
for the year ended September 30, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $3.2 million related to
information technology projects and computer equipment at our
corporate office in Phoenix, Arizona.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.2 million in training
equipment, leasehold improvements, computers and office
equipment at our Orlando, Florida campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.1 million in leasehold
improvements, training equipment and computer equipment at our
Exton, Pennsylvania campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $0.9 million in training
equipment and leasehold improvements at our Sacramento,
California campus.
|
We anticipate capital expenditures will increase during 2009 by
approximately $16.0 million due to significant projects
related to curriculum development, and implementation of general
ledger and time and attendance systems.
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities
for the year ended September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $13.6 million to complete
construction of our Sacramento, California campus which was
included in the sale of our facilities. Additionally, we
purchased approximately $4.0 million in training, furniture
and office equipment at our Sacramento, California campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $6.7 million to complete
construction of our Norwood, Massachusetts campus and purchased
approximately $2.1 million in training, furniture and
office equipment at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $2.5 million in leasehold
improvements related to the expansion of our Orlando, Florida
campus to accommodate the expansion of our automotive and
motorcycle programs.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $1.4 million in leasehold
improvements for the expansion of our MMI Phoenix campus to
accommodate a longer program length for our elective programs.
|
As a result of our investments in new campuses and the expansion
of existing campuses, we added 370 seats to our capacity
during 2007 ending the year with a total of 25,480 seats.
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditures for our
fiscal year ended September 30, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $21.4 million in building
construction and purchased approximately $3.0 million in
training and furniture and office equipment to continue the
buildout of the permanent location of our Sacramento, California
campus.
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $4.6 million in building
construction and training equipment to continue the retrofit of
our Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $3.2 million in leasehold
improvements at our Orlando, Florida campus to accommodate the
expansion of our automotive and motorcycle programs.
|
As a result of our investments in new and expansion of existing
campuses, we added 3,085 seats to our capacity during 2006
ending the year with a total of 25,110 seats.
Additionally, we were notified during the first quarter of 2006
that ED no longer required a letter of credit and accordingly,
the restrictions on our $16.2 million of restricted
investments were removed and the funds became available for
general corporate use. Upon maturity of the investments, the
proceeds were invested in cash equivalent funds.
Financing
Activities
In 2008, our cash flows used in financing activities were
$28.8 million and were primarily attributable to the
repurchase of our stock.
In 2007, our cash flows provided by financing activities were
$0.9 million and were primarily attributable to proceeds
from the issuance of our common shares under employee stock
plans.
In 2006, our cash flows used in financing activities were
$26.2 million and were primarily attributable to
$30.0 million used for the repurchase of shares of our
common stock, partially offset by $3.1 million provided by
proceeds from the issuance of our common shares under employee
stock plans and $0.8 million related to the tax benefit
from stock-based compensation.
Debt
Service
On October 26, 2007, we entered into a second modification
agreement which extended our $30.0 million revolving line
of credit agreement with a bank through October 26, 2009
and established new covenant requirements. There was no amount
outstanding on the line of credit at September 30, 2008 or
at the date of the modification agreement.
The revolving line of credit is guaranteed by UTI Holdings, Inc.
and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Letters of credit
issued bear fees of 0.625% per annum and reduce the amount
available to borrow under the revolving line of credit. The
credit agreement requires interest to be paid quarterly in
arrears based upon the lenders interest rate less 0.50%
per annum or LIBOR plus 0.625% per annum, at our option.
Additionally, the revolving line of credit requires an unused
commitment fee payable quarterly in arrears equal to 0.125% per
annum.
Our credit agreement contains various financial and
non-financial covenants. The facility, among other things,
restricts our ability to: incur additional indebtedness, grant
liens or other security interest, make certain investments,
become liable for contingent obligations or dispose of assets or
stock of our subsidiaries. Our credit agreement also requires us
to comply with specified financial ratios and tests, which are
adjusted over time as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
We are required to have minimum net income after taxes of
$7.5 million for any fiscal year.
|
|
|
|
We are not allowed to have net income after taxes of $0.0 or
less for two consecutive fiscal quarters.
|
|
|
|
We are required to maintain a minimum tangible net worth of
$35.0 million in any fiscal quarter.
|
|
|
|
We are required to maintain a total liabilities to tangible net
worth ratio, as defined in the agreement, of 3.0 to 1.0 in any
fiscal quarter.
|
|
|
|
We are required to maintain a minimum current ratio of 0.50 to
1.0 in any fiscal quarter.
|
Our credit agreement contains customary events of default as
well as an event of default if any of our institutions lose any
accreditation necessary for Title IV Program eligibility,
or lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. We
were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2008.
51
Dividends
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, the
availability of third-party financing and the financial
responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as any
economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
Future
Liquidity Sources
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe
that our cash flow from operations and other sources of
liquidity, including borrowings available under our revolving
credit facility, will satisfy our working capital needs, capital
expenditures, commitments, and other liquidity requirements
associated with our existing operations through the next
12 months.
On October 10, 2007, we received net proceeds of
$32.6 million in connection with the sale of our facilities
and land at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. For further
details on the transaction, refer to Note 7 of our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II,
Item 8 of this Report.
On November 26, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized us
to repurchase up to $50.0 million of our common stock in
open market or privately negotiated transactions. The timing and
actual number of shares purchased will depend on a variety of
factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements,
and other prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or
limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior
notice. The 10b5-1 plan under which we were repurchasing our
stock expired pursuant to its terms in February 2008 and we have
not entered into another plan. At September 30, 2008, we
had purchased 1,886,300 shares at a total cost of
approximately $29.5 million under the current program.
We believe that the strategic use of our cash resources includes
subsidizing funding alternatives for our students and we will
continue to evaluate repurchasing of our common stock. In
addition, our long-term strategy includes the consideration of
strategic acquisitions. To the extent that potential
acquisitions are large enough to require financing beyond cash
from operations and available borrowings under our credit
facility, we may incur additional debt or issue debt, resulting
in increased interest expense.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2008,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require
significant cash outlays in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating leases(1)
|
|
$
|
272,243
|
|
|
$
|
25,552
|
|
|
$
|
49,275
|
|
|
$
|
43,921
|
|
|
$
|
153,495
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
40,900
|
|
|
|
15,891
|
|
|
|
8,212
|
|
|
|
6,735
|
|
|
|
10,062
|
|
Other long-term obligations(3)
|
|
|
1,972
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
|
315,115
|
|
|
|
41,649
|
|
|
|
57,931
|
|
|
|
50,831
|
|
|
|
164,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding surety bonds(4)
|
|
|
14,630
|
|
|
|
14,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual commitments
|
|
$
|
329,745
|
|
|
$
|
56,279
|
|
|
$
|
57,931
|
|
|
$
|
50,831
|
|
|
$
|
164,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Minimum rental commitments. These amounts do not include
property taxes, insurance or normal recurring repairs and
maintenance. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either
a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable and legally
binding. Where the obligation to purchase goods or services is
noncancelable, the entire value of the contract was included in
the table. Additionally, purchase orders outstanding as of
September 30, 2008, employment contracts and minimum
payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes tax reserves, deferred compensation and other
obligations. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents surety bonds posted on behalf of our schools and
education representatives with multiple state education agencies. |
52
Related
Party Transactions
Since 1991, some of our properties have been leased from
entities controlled by John C. White, the Chairman of our Board
of Directors. A portion of the property comprising our Orlando
location is occupied pursuant to a lease with the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, with the lease term expiring
on August 19, 2022. The annual base lease payments for the
first year under this lease totaled approximately $326,000, with
annual adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount
equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately
preceding year or (ii) the percentage of increase in the
Consumer Price Index. Another portion of the property comprising
our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease with
Delegates LLC, an entity controlled by the White Family Trust,
with the lease term expiring on July 1, 2016. The
beneficiaries of this trust are Mr. Whites children,
and the trustee of the trust is not related to Mr. White.
Annual base lease payments for the first year under this lease
totaled approximately $680,000, with annual adjustments based on
the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual
rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index.
Additionally, since April 1994, we have leased two of our
Phoenix properties under one lease from City Park LLC, a
successor in interest of 2844 West Deer Valley LLC and in
which the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust holds a
25% interest. The lease expires on February 28, 2015, and
the annual base lease payments for the first year under this
lease, as amended, totaled approximately $463,000, with annual
adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount equal to
4% of the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year
or (ii) the percentage of increase in the Consumer Price
Index.
The table below sets forth the total payments that we have made
under these leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
City Park LLC
|
|
$
|
565,541
|
|
|
$
|
621,992
|
|
|
$
|
507,351
|
|
John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust
|
|
$
|
597,025
|
|
|
$
|
564,793
|
|
|
$
|
534,137
|
|
Delegates LLC
|
|
$
|
989,514
|
|
|
$
|
1,022,818
|
|
|
$
|
831,759
|
|
We believe that the rental rates under these leases approximated
fair market rental value of the properties at the time the lease
agreements were negotiated.
For a description of additional information regarding related
party transactions, see the information included in our proxy
statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
Seasonality
Our net revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in total student population and costs associated with
opening or expanding our campuses. Student population varies as
a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third quarter than in the remainder of our
year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer
months. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly with
changes in student population and net revenues and, as a result,
such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly
basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results to
continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such
patterns may change, however, as a result of new school
openings, new program introductions, increased enrollments of
adult students or acquisitions. In addition, our net revenues
for the first quarter ending December 31
53
are adversely affected by the fact that we have fewer earning
days when our campuses are closed during the calendar year end
holiday break and accordingly do not recognize revenue during
that period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
90,035
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
89,534
|
|
|
|
25.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
85,512
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
88,157
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
91,651
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
%
|
|
|
88,686
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
80,639
|
|
|
|
23.5
|
%
|
|
|
85,176
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
|
|
84,134
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
84,629
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
|
87,009
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
88,734
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) from Operations
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
9,304
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,525
|
|
|
|
44.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
16,251
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
2,275
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
|
|
9,450
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
%
|
|
|
12,522
|
|
|
|
30.7
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)(1)
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
|
|
5,696
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
|
|
5,711
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
(1,921
|
)(2)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)%
|
|
|
6,256
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The loss from operations incurred during the three month period
ending June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the increased
investment in the new national advertising campaign,
set-up fees
associated with the proprietary loan program and a decline in
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment. |
|
(2) |
|
The loss from operations incurred during the three month period
ending September 30, 2007 was primarily due to
approximately $4.5 million in operating expense related to
our reduction in force implemented nationwide in September 2007. |
Critical
Accounting Estimates
Our discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. During the preparation
of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related
to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts,
self-insurance, goodwill, income taxes, contingencies and
stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical
experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are
reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis
form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from
other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates
under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of
such differences may be material to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 3
of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. We believe that the
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in
fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial
results, and they require managements most subjective and
complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent
uncertainties.
54
Revenue recognition. Net revenues
consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the
programs we provide after reductions are made for discounts and
scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue is recognized
ratably over the term of the course or program offered. If a
student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any
paid but unearned tuition is refunded. Approximately 97% of our
net revenues for each of the years ended September 30,
2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of tuition. Our undergraduate
programs are typically designed to be completed in 12 to
18 months and our advanced training programs range from 8
to 27 weeks in duration. We supplement our revenues with
sales of textbooks and program supplies, student housing and
other revenues. Sales of textbooks and program supplies, revenue
related to student housing and other revenue are each recognized
as sales occur or services are performed. Deferred revenue
represents the excess of tuition and fee payments received, as
compared to tuition and fees earned, and is reflected as a
current liability in our consolidated balance sheets because it
is expected to be earned within the twelve-month period
immediately following the date on which such liability is
reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
We established a proprietary loan program with a national
chartered bank in June 2008 in order to provide funding for
students who are not able to fully finance the cost of their
education under traditional governmental financial aid programs,
commercial loan programs or other alternative sources. Under
terms of the related agreements, the bank originates loans for
our students who meet our specific credit criteria with the
related proceeds to be used exclusively to fund a portion of
their tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on
a monthly basis and assume all of the related credit risk. The
loans bear interest at market rates; however, the principal and
interest payments are not required until six months after the
student completes or withdraws from his or her program. After
the deferral period, monthly principal and interest payments are
required over the related term of the loan.
In substance, we are providing the students who participate in
this program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectibility is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we will recognize tuition revenue and loan
origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest
income required under the loan when such amounts have been
collected. We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our
historical collection experience under the program and will
accelerate recognition of the related revenue if appropriate.
All related expenses incurred with the bank or other service
providers are expensed as incurred. Since loan collectibility is
not reasonably assured, the loans and related deferred tuition
revenue are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet
until sufficient collection history has been obtained.
Allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We maintain an allowance for
uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required
payments. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students
pay that portion of their education expenses not covered by
financial aid programs or alternate fund sources, which are
unsecured and not guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts
receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts,
customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when
evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by
third party collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection
efforts. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if
the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting
in an impairment of their ability to make payments, or if we
underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may
be necessary, which would result in increased selling, general
and administrative expenses in the period such determination is
made.
Self-Insurance. We are self-insured for
a number of risks including claims related to employee health
care and dental care and workers compensation. The
accounting for our self-insured plans involves estimates and
judgments to determine our ultimate liability related to
reported claims and claims incurred but not reported. We
consider our historical experience, severity factors, actuarial
analysis and existing stop loss insurance in estimating our
ultimate insurance liability. If our current insurance claim
trends were to differ significantly from our historic claim
experience, we would make a corresponding adjustment to our
insurance reserves.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the
excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated
fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which
might
55
result from the deterioration in the operating performance of
the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse
changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of
other circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would be
recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is
identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined
that our goodwill was recoverable at September 30, 2008 and
2007, and that impairment charges were not required. Should
student populations and related tuition revenues at either of
these reporting units decline significantly below anticipated
levels in the future, or should our discount rate increase
significantly, goodwill impairment charges may be required.
Accounting for income taxes. We assess
the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized
from future taxable income in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
We establish a valuation allowance if we determine that it is
more likely than not that some portion or all of the net
deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in the
valuation allowance are included in our statement of operations
as a provision for or benefit from income taxes. We make
assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining our
provisions for income taxes, assessing our ability to utilize
any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. Although we
believe that our estimates are reasonable, changes in tax laws
or our interpretation of tax laws, and the outcome of future tax
audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for
income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. In
addition, actual operating results and the underlying amount and
category of income in future years could render our current
assessment of recoverable deferred tax assets inaccurate.
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation
No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes An Interpretation of
FAS No. 109. FIN 48 addresses the
accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in income tax
positions by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold that a
tax position is required to satisfy before being recognized in
the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on
derecognition, measurement, classification, accounting for
interest and penalties, and financial statement disclosure for
uncertain tax positions.
FIN 48 prescribes a two-step process to determine the
amount of tax benefit to be recognized. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position by determining if the weight of
available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not
that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second
step is to measure the tax benefits as the amount that is more
likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The adoption of FIN 48 did not materially affect our
retained earnings as of October 1, 2007. Refer to
Note 10 Income Taxes for further discussion.
Contingencies. In the ordinary conduct
of the business, we are subject to occasional lawsuits,
investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims
involving students and graduates and routine employment matters.
When we are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the
likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, we record a liability for the loss. If the loss is
not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably
estimated, we disclose the nature of the specific claim if the
likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the
amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the
ultimate outcome of any of the lawsuits, investigations or
claims pending against us will not have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Stock-based Compensation. We measure
all share-based payments to employees at fair value and
recognize the related expense on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service period. Option exercise prices are based upon
the per share closing price of our common stock on the date of
grant. The fair value of each option on the date of grant is
estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain
valuation assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
approximately
56
equal to the expected life of the option at the grant date. The
expected lives of options granted are based on the simplified
method as provided in Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 (SAB No. 107). Our dividend
rate is assumed to be zero because we have not historically, nor
do we have plans to, pay dividends. We derive our expected
volatility using a method that includes an analysis of companies
within our industry sector, including UTI, to calculate the
annualized historical volatility.
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the grant date fair value of our common stock
and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite
service period which is generally the vesting period.
Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that
are expected to vest which we estimate based upon historical
forfeitures.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements
which are not yet effective is included in Note 4 of the
notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. As indicated in
Note 4, we do not expect any of the recently issued
accounting pronouncements to have a material effect on our
financial statements.
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Historically, our principal exposure to market risk relates to
changes in interest rates. As of September 30, 2008, we
held $82.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and
restricted cash. During the year ended September 30, 2008,
we earned interest income of $3.2 million. In September
2008, we changed the investments of our cash and cash
equivalents from a mutual fund invested in a portfolio composed
of commercial paper, floating variable rate bonds, repurchase
agreements, certificates of deposit, time deposits, municipal
bonds, short-term corporate bonds and federal agencies to a
mutual fund that invests in U.S. treasury notes,
U.S. treasury bills and repurchase agreements
collateralized by U.S. treasury notes and
U.S. treasury bills. Lower interest rates may reduce our
interest income for fiscal year 2009. We monitor the interest
rate risk by monitoring market conditions and the value of these
assets.
As of September 30, 2008, we did not have significant
short-term or long-term borrowings. Any future borrowings under
our Revolving Credit Facility will be subject to interest rate
risk. Please refer to Note 9, Revolving Credit Facility, in
Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, for additional information.
Effect of
Inflation
To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our
operations.
57
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The following financial statements of the Company and its
subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to
F-28 of this
report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity for the
years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2008, pursuant
to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15.
Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2008 are effective in
ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by
the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and
forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its principal executive and
principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by Exchange Act Rule 13a 15(d) or
15d 15(d) that occurred during the quarter ended
September 30, 2008 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting and our Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firms report with respect to managements assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting are included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively, of
this annual report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Certifications
The Company has filed as exhibits to its annual report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of
the Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the
most recent Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification as
required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
58
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Election
of Directors; Corporate Governance and Related
Matters; Code of Conduct; Corporate Governance
Guidelines and Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by
reference. Information regarding executive officers of the
Company is set forth under the caption Executive Officers
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. in Part I
hereof.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Executive
Compensation, Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation and Compensation Committee
Report is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Equity
Compensation Plan Information and Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate
Governance and Related Matters is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Fees Paid
to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Audit Committee
Pre-Approval Procedures for Services Provided by the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm is incorporated herein
by reference.
59
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
(1) The financial statements required to be included in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are included in Item 8 of this Report.
(2) All other schedules have been omitted because they are
not required, are not applicable, or the required information is
shown on the financial statements or the notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2005.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003,
between Registrant and certain stockholders signatory thereto.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated October 26, 2004, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
10
|
.1.1
|
|
Modification Agreement, dated July 5, 2006, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 7, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.1.2
|
|
Second Modification Agreement, dated October 26, 2007, by
and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 26, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute Executive Benefit Plan, effective
March 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation
Plan (as amended February 28, 2007). (Formerly known as the
2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.6.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Interference Agreement,
dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and Robert D.
Hartman, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.8.1*
|
|
Description of terms of continuing relationship between
Registrant and Robert D. Hartman. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 6, 2005.)
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.11*
|
|
Form of Severance Agreement between Registrant and certain
executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on January 16, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between
City Park LLC, as successor in interest to 2844 West Deer
Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between
John C. and Cynthia L. White, as trustees of the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton
Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC,
as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and
its directors and officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated October 10, 2007, by
and between GE Commercial Finance Business Property Corporation
and Universal Technical Institute of Massachusetts, Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant of October 12, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Professional Services Agreement with Resources Global
Professionals. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 12, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.18*
|
|
Transition and Separation Agreement, dated March 17, 2008,
between Registrant and Jennifer L. Haslip. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on March 21, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.19*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2008, between
Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 29, 2008.)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
61
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
JOHN C. WHITE
Chairman of the Board
Date: November 26, 2008
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints John C. White and Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr., or either of them, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and any documents related to this report and filed pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
C. White
John
C. White
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kimberly
J. McWaters
Kimberly
J. McWaters
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Alan
E. Cabito
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Conrad
A. Conrad
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Robert
D. Hartman
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Roger
S. Penske
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Linda
J. Srere
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Allan
D. Gilmour
|
|
Director
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By: /s/ Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
November 26, 2008
|
63
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over
financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.
Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and
procedures that pertain to maintaining records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our
transactions and dispositions of the companys assets;
providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and
expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with
management and director authorization; and providing reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets
that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
evaluation, management concluded that the companys
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
September 30, 2008. There were no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
September 30, 2008 that have materially affected, or that
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of September 30, 2008 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
herein.
F-2
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, of
shareholders equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
September 30, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 2008 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2008, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions
on these financial statements and on the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of financial statements included examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our
audit of internal control over financial reporting included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of the internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
November 26, 2008
F-3
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
20,222
|
|
|
|
14,504
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,951
|
|
|
|
5,656
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
8,568
|
|
|
|
7,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
117,619
|
|
|
|
103,134
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
68,258
|
|
|
|
104,595
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
4,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
37,995
|
|
|
$
|
42,068
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
44,695
|
|
|
|
49,389
|
|
Accrued tool sets
|
|
|
3,870
|
|
|
|
4,009
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
86,604
|
|
|
|
95,882
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
2,908
|
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
Deferred rent liability
|
|
|
5,354
|
|
|
|
4,977
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
6,322
|
|
|
|
5,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
101,188
|
|
|
|
108,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 28,406,762 shares issued and
25,089,517 shares outstanding at September 30, 2008
and 28,259,893 shares issued and 26,828,948 shares
outstanding at September 30, 2007
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares
authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital
|
|
|
137,100
|
|
|
|
132,131
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 3,317,245 shares and
1,430,945 shares at September 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively
|
|
|
(59,571
|
)
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
30,655
|
|
|
|
22,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
108,187
|
|
|
|
124,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
|
|
|
|
amounts)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
329,620
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3,185
|
|
|
|
2,663
|
|
|
|
3,018
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income (expense)
|
|
|
3,324
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
|
|
26,370
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit)/
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2005
|
|
|
27,980
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
114,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(19,262
|
)
|
|
$
|
95,733
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
Tax benefit from preferred stock issuance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2006
|
|
|
28,175
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
124,804
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
8,124
|
|
|
|
102,902
|
|
Cumulative effect of the adoption of SAB 108, net of $830
for taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,288
|
)
|
|
|
(1,288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2006
|
|
|
28,175
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
124,804
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
6,836
|
|
|
|
101,614
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,564
|
|
|
|
15,564
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2007
|
|
|
28,260
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
132,131
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
22,400
|
|
|
|
124,505
|
|
Cumulative effect of the adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2007
|
|
|
28,260
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
132,131
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
22,439
|
|
|
|
124,544
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Tax charge from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
28,407
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
137,100
|
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
$
|
(59,571
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,655
|
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
17,605
|
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
14,205
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
3,375
|
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
(957
|
)
|
|
|
(2,388
|
)
|
Loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(11,307
|
)
|
|
|
(1,625
|
)
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
Income taxes payable (receivable)
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
(3,738
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(1,327
|
)
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
(259
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
|
|
(663
|
)
|
|
|
(2,115
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
(2,160
|
)
|
|
|
(6,255
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
|
|
(90
|
)
|
|
|
6,639
|
|
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
39,633
|
|
|
|
45,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(17,705
|
)
|
|
|
(46,580
|
)
|
|
|
(46,136
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
32,689
|
|
|
|
40,192
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Increase in restricted cash
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received upon maturity of investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
12,984
|
|
|
|
(6,388
|
)
|
|
|
(29,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of capital leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
798
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock, including fees of $75 and $57 in
2008 and 2006, respectively
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(28,794
|
)
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
(26,155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
5,284
|
|
|
|
34,163
|
|
|
|
(10,614
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
75,594
|
|
|
|
41,431
|
|
|
|
52,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
$
|
5,151
|
|
|
$
|
13,102
|
|
|
$
|
21,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training equipment obtained in exchange for services
|
|
$
|
1,859
|
|
|
$
|
1,735
|
|
|
$
|
2,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
4,184
|
|
|
$
|
4,807
|
|
|
$
|
5,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (UTI or,
collectively, we and our) provides
post-secondary education for students seeking careers as
professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle
and marine technicians. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma
and certificate programs at 10 campuses and manufacturer
specific advanced training (MSAT) programs that are sponsored by
the manufacturer or dealer at dedicated training centers. We
work closely with leading original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service
professionals.
|
|
2.
|
Government
Regulation and Financial Aid
|
Our schools and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). During the years ended September 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006, approximately 72%, 68% and 73% respectively, of
our net revenues were indirectly derived from funds distributed
under Title IV Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our schools are subject to
extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these
entities. After our schools receive the required certifications
by the appropriate entities, our schools must demonstrate their
compliance with the ED regulations of the Title IV Programs
on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the
requirement that we satisfy specific standards of financial
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with
these standards each year, based upon the institutions
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a
change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which
took effect July 1, 1998, ED calculates the
institutions composite score for financial responsibility
based on its (i) equity ratio which measures the
institutions capital resources, ability to borrow and
financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio which
measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income
ratio which measures the institutions ability to operate
at a profit. Our composite score has exceeded the required
minimum composite score of 1.5 since September 30, 2004.
|
|
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of UTI and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing
basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, bad debts, healthcare costs,
workers compensation costs, tool set costs, fixed assets,
long-lived assets including goodwill, income taxes and
contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of
our analysis form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from
these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and
the impact of such differences may be material to our
consolidated financial statements.
F-8
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue
Recognition
Net revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide after reductions are made
for discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee
revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the course or
program offered. If a student withdraws from a program prior to
a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is refunded.
Approximately 97% of our net revenues for each of the years
ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 consisted of
tuition. Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be
completed in 12 to 18 months and our advanced training
programs range from 8 to 27 weeks in duration. We
supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues. Sales of textbooks
and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and
other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are
performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of tuition and
fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned,
and is reflected as a current liability in our consolidated
balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the
twelve-month period immediately following the date on which such
liability is reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Proprietary
Loan Program
In order to provide funding for students who are not able to
fully finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources, we established a private loan program
with a national chartered bank in June 2008. Under terms of the
related agreements, the bank originates loans for our students
who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds
used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then
purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis and
assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest
at market rates; however, principal and interest payments are
not required until six months after the student completes his or
her program. After the deferral period, monthly principal and
interest payments are required over the related term of the loan.
The bank agreed to provide these services in exchange for a fee
equivalent to 0.4% of the principal balance of each loan and
related fees. Under the terms of the related agreements, we
placed a $2.0 million deposit with the bank in July 2008 in
order to secure our related loan purchase obligation. This
balance is classified as restricted cash in our consolidated
balance sheet.
In substance, we provide the students who participate in this
program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectibility is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we will recognize tuition revenue and loan
origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest
income required under the loan when such amounts are collected.
We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical
collection experience under the program and will accelerate
recognition of the related revenue if appropriate. All related
expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are
expensed as incurred and were approximately $0.4 million
during the year ended September 30, 2008. Since loan
collectibility is not reasonably assured, the loans and related
deferred tuition revenue will not be recognized in our
consolidated balance sheet until sufficient collection history
has been obtained.
Our Board of Directors authorized the extension of up to
$10 million of credit under the proprietary loan program.
As of September 30, 2008, we had committed to provide loans
to our students for approximately $3.8 million and of that
amount there was approximately $1.7 million in loans
outstanding.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
F-9
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Property
and Equipment
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at
cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Depreciation and amortization expense are calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is
calculated using the straight-line method over the remaining
useful life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter.
Costs relating to software developed for internal use are
capitalized and amortized using the straight- line method over
the related estimated useful lives. Such costs include direct
costs of materials and services as well as payroll and related
costs for employees who are directly associated with the
projects. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for
possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We
evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment by examining
estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by
using probability weighted techniques as well as comparisons of
past performance against projections. Assets may also be
evaluated by identifying independent market values. If we
determine that an assets carrying value is impaired, we
will write-down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated
fair value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in
the period in which the determination is made.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from the deterioration in the
operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes in the applicable laws or
regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the
period in which impairment is identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined
that our goodwill was recoverable at September 30, 2008 and
2007, and that impairment charges were not required. Should
student populations and related tuition revenues at either of
these reporting units decline significantly below anticipated
levels in the future or should our discount rate increase
significantly, goodwill impairment charges may be required.
Self-Insurance
Plans
We are self-insured for claims related to employee health care
and dental care and claims related to workers
compensation. Liabilities associated with these plans are
estimated by management with consideration of our historical
loss experience, severity factors and independent actuarial
analysis. Our loss exposure related to self-insurance is limited
by stop loss coverage. Our expected loss accruals are based on
estimates, and while we believe the amounts accrued are
adequate, the ultimate losses may differ from the amounts
provided.
Deferred
Rent Obligations
We lease all of our administrative and educational facilities
under operating lease agreements. Some lease agreements contain
tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods or rent
escalation clauses. In instances where one or more of these
items are included in a lease agreement, we record a deferred
rent obligation on the
F-10
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
consolidated balance sheet included in other long-term
liabilities and record rent expense evenly over the term of the
lease.
SAB No. 108
Effective October 1, 2006, we adopted the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB No. 108),
Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial
Statements. We recorded a net charge to retained earnings
of $1.3 million for the matter described in the following
paragraph. Prior to adopting SAB No. 108, we used the
balance sheet approach for quantifying misstatements.
During the three months ended December 31, 2006, we
evaluated the calculation of the accrual for our field sales
representative bonus plan and subsequently determined there was
an error in the calculation. More specifically, we determined
that not all tuition revenue for graduates with multiple
enrollment sequences was being included in the related bonus
calculations, resulting in an understatement of compensation
expense during the period from June 30, 2002 through
September 30, 2006. We determined that, as of
September 30, 2006, the cumulative effect of this error
totaled $2.1 million on a pretax basis and
$1.3 million after tax. We also determined that this amount
accumulated over time and that the financial statements of all
prior annual and interim periods were not materially misstated
as a result of this error. Not all of our field sales
representatives were affected by this error. We made retroactive
payments to the affected sales representatives during our 2007
third quarter.
Advertising
Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and
totaled approximately $26.4 million, $27.3 million and
$22.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We measure all share-based payments to employees at fair value
and recognize the related expense on a straight-line basis over
the requisite service period. Option exercise prices are based
upon the per share closing price of our common stock on the date
of grant. The fair value of each option on the date of grant is
estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain
valuation assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the
grant date. The expected lives of options granted are based on
the simplified method as provided in Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 (SAB No. 107). Our dividend
rate is assumed to be zero because we have not historically, nor
do we have plans to, pay dividends. We derive our expected
volatility using a method that includes an analysis of companies
within our industry sector, including UTI, to calculate the
annualized historical volatility.
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the grant date fair value of our common stock
and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite
service period which is generally the vesting period.
Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that
are expected to vest which we estimate based upon historical
forfeitures.
Stock-based compensation expense of $5.3 million,
$6.4 million and $4.9 million (pre-tax) was recorded
for the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based
compensation recognized in the years ended September 30,
2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.0 million, $2.5 million and
$1.9 million, respectively.
Income
Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective
F-11
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
tax bases. We also recognize deferred tax assets for net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect
for the year in which the differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced through a
valuation allowance, if it is more likely than not that the
deferred tax assets will not be realized.
On October 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation
No. 48 (FIN No. 48), Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes An Interpretation of
FAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 addresses the
accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in income tax
positions by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold that a
tax position is required to satisfy before being recognized in
the financial statements. FIN No. 48 also provides
guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification,
accounting for interest and penalties, and financial statement
disclosure for uncertain tax positions.
FIN No. 48 prescribes a two-step process to determine
the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position by determining if the weight of
available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not
that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second
step is to measure the tax benefits as the amount that is more
likely than not of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The
adoption of FIN No. 48 did not materially affect our
retained earnings as of October 1, 2007.
Concentration
of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and
cash equivalents and receivables. As of September 30, 2008,
we had invested $61.1 million in a U.S. government
securities mutual fund.
We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality
financial institutions and manage the amount of credit exposure
with any one financial institution.
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students that are in attendance at
our campuses. Our credit risk with respect to these accounts
receivable is partially mitigated through the students
participation in federally funded financial aid programs, unless
students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV
Program funds for those students. In addition, our remaining
tuition receivable is primarily comprised of smaller individual
amounts due from students throughout the United States.
Our students have traditionally received their Federal Family
Education Loans (FFEL) from a limited number of lending
institutions. FFEL student loans comprised approximately 85%,
87% and 88% of our total Title IV Program funds
received for the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. One lending institution, Sallie Mae,
provided 90% or greater of the FFEL loans that our students
received during each of the years ended September 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006. In the years ended September 30, 2008 and
2007, one student loan guaranty agency, United Student Aid Funds
(USAF), guaranteed approximately 90% and 95%, respectively, of
the FFEL loans made to our students. In the year ended
September 30, 2006, two student loan guaranty agencies,
EdFund and USAF, guaranteed approximately 30% and 70%,
respectively, of the FFEL loans made to our students.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and
payable, accrued liabilities and deferred tuition approximates
their respective fair value at September 30, 2008 and 2007
due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
Earnings
per Common Share
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the assumed
conversion of all dilutive securities. For the years ended
September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately
2.2 million shares, 1.1 million shares, and
0.8 million shares, respectively, which could be issued
under outstanding employee stock options, were not included in
the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were
anti-dilutive.
F-12
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The table below reflects the reconciliation of the weighted
average number of common shares used in determining basic and
diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares outstanding
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
Dilutive effect related to employee stock plans
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
Income
We have no items which affect comprehensive income other than
net income.
|
|
4.
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
|
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value
Measurements. This statement defines fair value,
establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally
accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about
fair value measurements. This statement applies under other
accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value
measurements and does not require any new fair value
measurements. The definition of fair value focuses on the exit
price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability. The statement emphasizes that fair value
is a market-based measurement, not an entity specific
measurement and establishes a hierarchy between market
participant assumptions developed based on (1) market data
obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity and
(2) the reporting entitys own assumptions from the
best information available in the circumstances. The statement
is effective in our year beginning October 1, 2008. In
October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. 157-3
(FSP
No. 157-3)
which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in a
market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate
key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial
asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. 157-2
(FSP
No. 157-2)
which partially defers the effective date of
SFAS No. 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at
fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis.
FSP
No. 157-2
does not defer recognition and disclosure requirements for
financial assets and financial liabilities or for nonfinancial
assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are remeasured at least
annually. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP
No. 157-1
which excludes SFAS No. 13 Accounting for
Leases and other accounting pronouncements that address
fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or
measurement under SFAS No. 13. It further states the
scope exception does not apply to assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a business combination that are required
to be measured at fair value under SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations, or SFAS No. 141
(revised 2007), Business Combinations, regardless of
whether those assets and liabilities are related to leases. We
believe our adoption of SFAS No. 157 will not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements or
disclosures.
In December 2007, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 110 (SAB No. 110),
Share-Based Payment. SAB No. 110 expresses
the views of the staff regarding the use of a simplified method,
as discussed in SAB No. 107, in developing an estimate
of expected term of plain vanilla share options in accordance
with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment.
In SAB No. 107, the staff indicated that it believed
that more detailed external information about employee exercise
behavior would, over time, become readily available to
companies. Therefore, the staff stated that it would not expect
a company to use the simplified method for share option grants
after December 31, 2007. In SAB No. 110, the
staff acknowledges that such detailed information may not be
widely available by December 31, 2007. Accordingly, the
staff will continue to accept, under certain circumstances, the
use of the simplified method beyond December 31, 2007. As
allowed under
F-13
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
SAB No. 110, we will continue to use the simplified
method in estimating the expected term of our stock options
until such a time as more relevant detailed information becomes
available.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R),
Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141(R))
which replaces SFAS No. 141, Business
Combinations (SFAS No. 141). The scope of
SFAS No. 141(R) is broader than that of
SFAS No. 141, which applied only to business
combinations in which control was obtained by transferring
consideration. SFAS No. 141(R) applies to all
transactions and other events in which one entity obtains
control over one or more other businesses. The standard requires
the fair value of the purchase consideration, including the
issuance of equity securities, to be determined on the
acquisition date. SFAS No. 141(R) requires an acquirer
to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and
any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree at the acquisition
date, measured at their respective fair values as of that date,
with limited exceptions specified in the statement.
SFAS No. 141(R) requires acquisition costs to be
expensed as incurred and restructuring costs relating to the
acquired businesses to be expensed in periods after the
acquisition date. Earn-outs and other forms of contingent
consideration are to be recorded at fair value on the
acquisition date. Changes in accounting for deferred tax asset
valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after
the measurement period will be recognized in earnings rather
than as an adjustment to the cost of the acquisition.
SFAS No. 141(R) generally applies prospectively to
business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or
after the beginning of the first annual reporting period
beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is
prohibited. We will apply SFAS No. 141(R) if we enter
into an agreement that meets the requirements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51
(SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 requires
noncontrolling interests or minority interests to be treated as
a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item
outside of permanent equity. Upon a loss of control, the
interest sold, as well as any interest retained, are required to
be measured at fair value, with any gain or loss recognized in
earnings. Additionally, when control is obtained and a previous
equity interest was held, a gain or loss will be recognized in
earnings for the difference between the fair value of the
previously held equity interest and its carrying value. Based on
SFAS No. 160, assets and liabilities will not change
for subsequent purchase or sale transactions with noncontrolling
interests as long as control is maintained. Differences between
the fair value of consideration paid or received and the
carrying value of noncontrolling interests are to be recognized
as an adjustment to the parent interests equity.
SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal year beginning on
or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited.
SFAS No. 160 will be applied prospectively to all
noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the
effective date except that comparative period information must
be recast to classify noncontrolling interests in equity,
attribute net income and other comprehensive income to
noncontrolling interests, and provide other disclosures required
by SFAS No. 160. We believe our adoption of
SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities an amendment of
SFAS No. 133. This statement changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative and hedging activities.
SFAS No. 161 is effective for the first interim or
annual period beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not
have any transactions that are subject to
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities. We will apply
SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 161 if we enter
into an agreement that meets the requirements of the related
statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The
Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles
and the framework for selecting the principles used in the
preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities
that are presented in conformity with GAAP in the United States.
The statement is effective 60 days following the Security
and Exchange Commissions approval of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU
Section 411, the Meaning of
F-14
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Presented Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles. We believe our adoption of
SFAS No. 162 will not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP
No. EITF 03-6-1,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities. This
FSP clarifies that unvested share-based payment awards that
contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend
equivalents, whether paid or unpaid, are participating
securities and requires such awards be included in the
computation of earnings per share (EPS) pursuant to the
two-class method. This FSP is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008,
and interim periods within those years. This FSP requires all
prior-period EPS data presented to be adjusted retrospectively
and early application is not permitted. We believe our adoption
of FSP
No. EITF 03-6-1
will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements or disclosures.
|
|
5.
|
Reduction
in Workforce Expense
|
In September 2007 and 2006 we implemented nationwide reductions
in force of approximately 225 and 70 employees,
respectively, and recorded related charges of approximately
$4.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The
expense for the years ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 was
recorded as follows: $2.7 million and $0.4 million,
respectively, in educational services and facilities and
$1.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively, in
selling, general and administrative. The expenses primarily
included severance pay and outplacement services.
The following table summarizes the reduction in workforce charge
activity for the year ended September 30, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
|
Cash Paid
|
|
|
Non-cash(1)
|
|
|
September 30, 2008
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
$
|
3,544
|
|
|
$
|
(2,952
|
)
|
|
$
|
(438
|
)
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
Other
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
(464
|
)
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,294
|
|
|
$
|
(3,416
|
)
|
|
$
|
(724
|
)
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily relates to the affected employee not using benefits
within the time offered under the separation agreement and
non-cash severance. |
Receivables, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Tuition receivables
|
|
$
|
22,125
|
|
|
$
|
14,764
|
|
Income tax receivables
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
22,650
|
|
|
|
16,559
|
|
Less allowance for uncollectible accounts
|
|
|
(2,428
|
)
|
|
|
(2,055
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,222
|
|
|
$
|
14,504
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for uncollectible accounts primarily relates to
tuition receivables. The allowance is estimated using the
historical average write-off experience for the prior five years
which is applied to the receivable balance related to students
who are no longer attending our school due to either graduation
or withdrawal. The allowance fluctuates based on the amount and
age of receivable balances related to students who are no longer
attending
F-15
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
school. As the amount of the aged balance increases, we increase
our allowance for uncollectible accounts and as the amount of
the aged balance decreases, we reduce our allowance for
uncollectible accounts. We write-off receivable balances and
deduct those balances from the allowance for uncollectible
accounts at the time we transfer the tuition receivable to a
third party collection agency.
The following table summarizes the activity for our allowance
for uncollectible accounts during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Additions to
|
|
|
Write-offs of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Bad Debt
|
|
|
Uncollectible
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Accounts
|
|
|
End of Period
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,379
|
|
|
$
|
4,006
|
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
2,608
|
|
|
$
|
3,375
|
|
|
$
|
3,928
|
|
|
$
|
2,055
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
3,069
|
|
|
$
|
4,693
|
|
|
$
|
5,154
|
|
|
$
|
2,608
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
Lives (in years)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Training equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
$
|
62,184
|
|
|
$
|
57,809
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
|
27,847
|
|
|
|
26,355
|
|
Software developed for internal use
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6,962
|
|
|
|
6,176
|
|
Curriculum development
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
|
615
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1 - 35
|
|
|
|
33,675
|
|
|
|
30,942
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,832
|
|
Building and building improvements
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,407
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,332
|
|
|
|
2,766
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,345
|
|
|
|
157,472
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(66,087
|
)
|
|
|
(52,877
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
68,258
|
|
|
$
|
104,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense related to our property and equipment was
$16.6 million, $17.9 million and $13.7 million
for the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Amortization expense related to curriculum
development and software developed for internal use was
$1.5 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million for
the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
On July 18, 2007, we sold our facilities and assigned our
rights and obligations under our ground lease at our Sacramento,
California campus for $40.8 million. We paid
$0.6 million in transaction costs, received net proceeds of
$40.1 million and realized a modest pretax loss on the
transaction. Concurrent with the sale and assignment, we leased
back the facilities and land for an initial term of
15 years at an annual rent of $3.8 million subject to
escalation under certain circumstances. We have the option to
renew the lease up to four times equally over a 20 year
period. We determined that the transaction met the criteria for
sale leaseback and operating lease accounting treatment.
Accordingly, we have removed the facilities from our balance
sheet.
On October 10, 2007, we sold our facilities at our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus for $33.0 million. We paid
$0.4 million in transaction costs, received net proceeds of
$32.6 million and realized a modest pretax gain on the
transaction. Concurrent with the sale, we leased back the
facilities for an initial term of 15 years at an annual
rent of
F-16
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
$2.6 million, subject to escalation every two years. We
have the option to renew the lease up to four times equally over
a 20 year period. We determined that the transaction met
the criteria for sale leaseback and operating lease accounting
treatment. Accordingly, we removed the facilities from our
balance sheet and are recognizing the gain on the transaction on
a straight-line basis over the initial lease term.
|
|
8.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
5,126
|
|
|
$
|
6,083
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
24,675
|
|
|
|
24,104
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
|
|
11,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,995
|
|
|
$
|
42,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Revolving
Credit Facility
|
On October 26, 2007, we entered into a second modification
agreement which extended our $30.0 million revolving line
of credit agreement with a bank through October 26, 2009
and established new levels for the financial ratios. There was
no amount outstanding on the line of credit at
September 30, 2008.
The revolving line of credit is guaranteed by UTI Holdings, Inc.
and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Letters of credit
issued bear fees of 0.625% per annum and reduce the amount
available to borrow under the revolving line of credit. The
credit agreement requires interest to be paid quarterly in
arrears based upon the lenders interest rate less 0.50%
per annum or LIBOR plus 0.625% per annum, at our option.
Additionally, the revolving line of credit requires an unused
commitment fee payable quarterly in arrears equal to 0.125% per
annum.
The October 26, 2007 modification agreement contains
certain restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to
certain financial ratios and restrictions on indebtedness,
contingent obligations, investments and Title IV
eligibility. We were in compliance with all restrictive
covenants at September 30, 2008.
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current expense
|
|
$
|
6,054
|
|
|
$
|
11,788
|
|
|
$
|
18,712
|
|
Deferred expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
(982
|
)
|
|
|
(2,388
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
$
|
10,806
|
|
|
$
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result
from application of the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0% to
pre-tax income for the year. The reasons for the differences are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income tax expense at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
4,907
|
|
|
$
|
9,230
|
|
|
$
|
15,299
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
$
|
10,806
|
|
|
$
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are
recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
8,528
|
|
|
$
|
7,940
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
|
802
|
|
Expenses and accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
4,585
|
|
|
|
4,627
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
434
|
|
Net operating loss and net capital loss carryovers
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
State tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
(885
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
15,237
|
|
|
|
14,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
(5,646
|
)
|
|
|
(5,054
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,505
|
)
|
|
|
(4,908
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses deductible for tax
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(990
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(12,194
|
)
|
|
|
(10,952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
3,043
|
|
|
$
|
3,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The deferred tax assets (liabilities) are reflected in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
5,951
|
|
|
$
|
5,656
|
|
|
$
|
4,719
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net
|
|
|
(2,908
|
)
|
|
|
(2,025
|
)
|
|
|
(2,900
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
3,043
|
|
|
$
|
3,631
|
|
|
$
|
1,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the activity for the valuation
allowance during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Additions to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
End of Period
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
16,038
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,038
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
On October 10, 2007, we completed a sale-leaseback
transaction of the property at the Norwood, Massachusetts
campus. As a result of the transaction, we no longer qualify for
a Massachusetts investment credit in the amount of
$0.9 million related to the Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
At September 30, 2007, we determined that it was more
likely than not that we would not realize the investment credit
due to the impending transaction and recorded a valuation
allowance as of that date. The valuation allowance was
written-off when the sale-leaseback transaction was completed.
As of September 30, 2008, we had approximately
$0.9 million in deferred tax assets related to state net
operating loss and credit carry-forwards. These tax attributes
will expire in the years 2010 through 2024. During the year
ended September 30, 2008, we established a valuation
allowance in the amount of $0.3 million related to the
state net operating loss carry-forwards, as it is more likely
than not that the net operating losses will expire unutilized.
We file income tax returns for federal purposes and in many
states. Our tax filings remain subject to examination by
applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time
following the tax year to which these filings relate. Our tax
returns for the years ended September 30, 2005 through
September 30, 2007 remain subject to examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and our tax returns for the years ended
September 30, 2004 through September 30, 2007 remain
subject to examinations by various state taxing authorities.
|
|
11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
We lease our facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain renewal
options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees
associated with the leases. We recognize rent expense on a
straight-line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased
from a related party. Future minimum rental commitments at
September 30, 2008 for all non-cancelable operating leases
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years ending September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
25,552
|
|
2010
|
|
|
25,207
|
|
2011
|
|
|
24,068
|
|
2012
|
|
|
22,791
|
|
2013
|
|
|
21,130
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
153,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
272,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately
$27.9 million, $22.1 million and $20.3 million
for the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Included in rent expense is rent paid to related
parties which was approximately $2.2 million,
$2.1 million and $2.0 million for the years ended
September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
F-19
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Licensing
Agreements
In 1997, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses and delivery of services on our campuses. The
agreement was amended in March 2008. Under the terms of the
amended license agreement, we are committed to pay royalties
based upon a flat per student fee for students who elect and
attend the licensed program. Minimum payments are required as
follows: $0.6 million for calendar years 2009 and 2010 and
$0.7 million for calendar years 2011 and 2012. A license
fee is also payable based upon a percentage of net sales related
to the sale of any product which bears the licensed trademark.
The royalty and license expenses related to this agreement were
$0.5 million for each of the years ended September 30,
2008, 2007 and 2006, and were recorded in educational services
and facilities expenses. In addition, we are required to pay a
minimum marketing and advertising fee for which in return we
receive the right to utilize certain advertising space in the
licensors published periodicals. The required marketing
and advertising fee is: $0.8 million for calendar year 2009
and $0.9 million for calendar years 2010 through 2012. The
marketing and advertising fees related to this agreement were
$0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million for
the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, and were recorded in selling, general and
administrative expenses. The agreement expires December 31,
2012.
In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses. Under the terms of the agreement, we are
required to pay a flat per student fee for each three week
course a student completes of the total three courses offered in
connection with this license agreement. There are no minimum
license fees required to be paid. The agreement terminates upon
the written notice of either party providing not less than six
months notification of intent to terminate. In addition, the
agreement may be terminated by the licensor after notification
to us of a contractual breach if such breach remains uncured for
more than 30 days. License fees related to this agreement
were $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million
for the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007, and 2006,
respectively, and were recorded in educational services and
facilities expenses.
In May 2007, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us
the right to use certain trademarks, trade names, trade dress
and other intellectual property in connection with the operation
of our campuses and courses. This agreement replaces the
previous licensing agreement which expired on June 30,
2007. We are committed to pay royalties based upon net revenue
and sponsorship revenue, as defined in the agreement, from
July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2017, the expiration
of the agreement. The agreement required a minimum royalty
payment of $1.5 million in calendar year 2008. The minimum
royalty payments increase by $0.05 million in each calendar
year subsequent to 2008. The expense related to these agreements
was $1.5 million, $2.0 million and $2.2 million
in the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, and was recorded in educational services and
facilities expenses.
In August 2005, we settled claims with a third party that
certain of our former employees had allegedly used the
intellectual property assets of the third party in the
development of our
e-learning
training products. Under the settlement agreement, we agreed,
over a two-year period, to purchase $3.6 million of
courseware licenses that will expire no later than December
2010. At September 30, 2008, we had purchased
$3.6 million and used $1.7 million of courseware
licenses. We record the expense for the purchased licenses on a
straight-line basis over the period in which the registered user
is expected to use the license. Expense related to this
agreement was $0.8 million, $0.7 million and
$0.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
Vendor
Relationships
In 2008, we entered into an agreement with a third party, under
which they will develop a blend of instructor-led training and
web-based training curriculum for our Hot Rod U, service
operations, success track, auto and diesel courses. The
curriculum will include modular components that can be modified
for other programs we offer. The $9.6 million fixed-price
agreement originated in September 2008, will expire in February
2010, and can be
F-20
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
terminated without cause by either party with a 30 day
notice. No expense was incurred for this agreement prior to
September 30, 2008.
In 1998, we entered into an agreement with Snap-on Tools. Our
agreement with Snap-on Tools was renewed in December 2004 and
expires in January 2009. The agreement allows us to purchase
promotional tool kits for our students at a discount from their
list price. In addition, we earn credits that are redeemable for
equipment we use in our business. Credits are earned on our
purchases as well as purchases made by students enrolled in our
programs. We have agreed to grant Snap-on Tools exclusive access
to our campuses, to display advertising and to use Snap-on tools
to train our students. The credits earned under this agreement
may be redeemed for Snap-on Tools equipment at the full retail
list price, which is more than we would be required to pay using
cash. Upon termination of the agreement, we continue to earn
credits relative to promotional tool kits we purchase or
additional tools our active students purchase. We continue to
earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to the last
student eligible under the agreement.
Students are each provided a voucher which can be redeemed for a
tool kit near graduation. The cost of the tool kits, net of the
credit, is accrued during the time period in which the students
begin attending school until they have progressed to the point
that the promotional tool kit vouchers are provided.
Accordingly, at September 30, 2008 and 2007, we recorded an
accrued tool set liability of $3.9 million and
$4.0 million, respectively. Additionally, at
September 30, 2008 and 2007, our liability to Snap-on Tools
for vouchers redeemed by students was $2.1 million and
$1.7 million, respectively, and was recorded in accounts
payable and accrued expenses.
As we have opened new campuses, Snap-on Tools has historically
advanced us credits for the purchase of their tools or equipment
that support our growth. At September 30, 2008, a net
prepaid expense with Snap-on Tools resulted from an excess of
credits earned over credits used of $0.9 million. At
September 30 2007, a net liability to Snap-on Tools of
$0.5 million resulted from using credits in excess of
credits earned.
Alternative
Student Loan Programs
Effective September 6, 2006, we entered into a funding
agreement with Sallie Mae which was amended November 3,
2006 and required us to pay a 20% discount on the loans issued
under this program. This funding agreement expired on
August 31, 2007. Effective September 1, 2007, we
entered into a new funding agreement with Sallie Mae which
required us to pay a discount ranging from 5% to 40% based upon
specific credit risk as defined in the contract and associated
with the individual student borrower. In January 2008, we
received a termination letter, effective February 16, 2008,
from Sallie Mae related to our discount loan program. As allowed
for under the terms of the Sallie Mae agreement, all
applications received through February 16, 2008 were
processed by Sallie Mae. During the year ended
September 30, 2008, Sallie Mae certified student loans of
approximately $5.6 million under the discount loan program.
We paid approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million
during the years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. We recorded approximately $1.4 million and
$0.7 million as a reduction to revenue during the years
ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
We recognize a liability for our full discount under both
programs based upon the present value of expected cash flows
under the agreements. We had no liability or receivable for the
discount under these programs at September 30, 2008. Our
liability and corresponding receivable at September 30,
2007 was $0.1 million. The discount is recognized as a
reduction of tuition revenue over the matriculation of the
student during his or her program.
Executive
Employment Agreements
In July 2008, we entered into new employment agreements with key
executives that provide for continued salary payments and
continuing benefits if the executives are terminated for reasons
other than cause, as defined in
F-21
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
the agreements. The aggregate amount of our commitments under
these agreements is approximately $3.8 million at
September 30, 2008.
Change
in Control Agreements
We entered into amended severance agreements with two key
executives and new severance agreements with 27 other executives
that provide for continued salary payments if the employees are
terminated for any reason within twelve months subsequent to a
change in control. Under the terms of the severance agreements,
these employees are entitled to between six and twelve months
salary at their highest rate during the previous twelve months.
In addition, the employees are eligible to receive the unearned
portion of their target bonus in effect in the year termination
occurs and would be eligible to receive medical benefits under
the plans maintained by us at no cost. The aggregate amount of
our commitments under these agreements is approximately
$6.4 million at September 30, 2008.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
We have deferred compensation agreements with four of our
employees, providing for the payment of deferred compensation to
each employee in the event that the employee is no longer
employed by us. Under each agreement, the employee shall receive
an amount equal to the compensation the employee would have
earned if the employee had repeated the employment performance
of the prior twelve months. We will pay the deferred
compensation in a lump sum or over the period in which the
employee would typically have earned the compensation had the
employee been actively employed, at our option. Our commitment
under the deferred compensation agreements was approximately
$1.2 million at September 30, 2008.
Surety
Bonds
Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state
education agency in which the campus is located to operate and
to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our
campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of
these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be
authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain
other states in which our campuses recruit students. We are
required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and
education representatives with multiple states to maintain
authorization to conduct our business. We have posted surety
bonds in the total amount of approximately $14.6 million at
September 30, 2008.
Legal
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we record
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
In October 2007, we received letters from the Department of
Education for two of our schools, and in May 2007, we received
letters from the Offices of the Attorneys General of the State
of Arizona and the State of Illinois. The letters requested
information related to our relationships with student loan
lenders as well as information regarding our business practices.
We have submitted timely responses to these requests. As part of
the Arizona inquiry, we assisted in developing a code of conduct
regarding lender practices, which we have since adopted. We
received notification that the Office of Attorney General of the
State of Arizona investigation was resolved in August 2008. In
November 2007, we received a request for similar information
from the Florida Attorney Generals
F-22
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
office. After submitting a timely response, we were notified in
March 2008 that the investigation was closed without incident.
In April 2004, we received a letter on behalf of nine former
employees of National Technology Transfer, Inc. (NTT), an entity
that we purchased in 1998 and subsequently sold, making a demand
for an aggregate payment of approximately $0.3 million and
19,756 shares of our common stock. In order to limit
further litigation expense on this matter, we settled this
matter in May 2008 for an amount less than we had previously
accrued.
|
|
12.
|
Common
Shareholders Equity
|
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and as declared by the board of directors and have the
right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder
approval.
Stock
Repurchase Program
On November 26, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock in
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
The timing and actual number of shares purchased will depend on
a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory
requirements, and prevailing market conditions. We may terminate
or limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior
notice. The 10b5-1 plan under which we were repurchasing our
stock expired pursuant to its terms in February 2008 and we have
not entered into another plan. At September 30, 2008, we
had purchased 1,886,300 shares at a total cost of
approximately $29.5 million under the current program.
Stock
Option and Incentive Compensation Plans
We have two stock option plans, which we refer to as the
Management 2002 Stock Option Program (2002 Plan) and the 2003
Incentive Compensation Plan (2003 Plan).
The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on
April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of options to
purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock. On
February 25, 2003, our Board of Directors authorized an
additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock
under the 2002 Plan.
Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a
four-year period. The expiration date of options granted under
the 2002 Plan is the earlier of the ten-year anniversary of the
grant date; the one-year anniversary of the termination of the
participants employment by reason of death or disability;
30 days after the date of the participants
termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death,
disability, cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance
or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons of
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not
intend to grant any additional options under the 2002 Plan.
The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted
effective December 22, 2003 upon consummation of our
initial public offering and amended on February 28, 2007 by
our stockholders. The 2003 Plan authorizes the issuance of
various common stock awards, including stock options and
restricted stock, for approximately 4.4 million shares of
our common stock. We issue our stock awards at the fair market
value of our common stock which is determined based upon the
closing price of our stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the
grant date. Under the 2003 Plan, common stock awards generally
vest ratably over a four year period. The expiration date of
stock options granted under the 2003 Plan is the earlier of the
seven or ten-year anniversary of the grant date, based on the
terms of the individual grant; the one-year anniversary of the
termination of the participants employment by reason of
death or disability; ninety days after the date of the
participants termination of employment if caused by
reasons other than death, disability, cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date if
termination occurs for reasons of cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance.
F-23
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The restrictions associated with our restricted stock awarded
under the 2003 Plan will lapse upon the death, disability, or
if, within one year following a change of control, employment is
terminated without cause or for good reason. If employment is
terminated for any other reason, all shares of restricted stock
shall be forfeited upon termination. At September 30, 2008,
4.1 million shares of common stock were reserved for
issuance under the 2003 Plan, of which 1.5 million shares
are available for future grant.
We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
estimated fair value is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective
variables, including, but not limited to, our expected stock
price volatility, the expected term of the awards and actual and
projected employee stock exercise behaviors. We evaluate our
assumptions on the date of each grant.
We calculate the expected volatility using a method that
includes an analysis of companies within our industry sector,
including UTI, to calculate the annualized historical
volatility. We believe that due to our limited historical
experience as a public company, the calculated value method
provides the best available indicator of the expected volatility
used in our estimates.
In determining our expected term, we reviewed our historical
share option exercise experience and determined it does not
provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected
term due to our limited historical award and exercise
experience. As allowed by SAB No. 107
Share-Based Payment and SAB No. 110
Share-Based Payment, for the years ended
September 30, 2008 and 2007, we applied the simplified
method for calculating the expected term. The simplified method
is the weighted mid-point between vesting date and the
expiration date of the stock option agreement. The stock options
granted during the years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007
have a graded vesting of 25% each year for four years and a
seven or ten-year life.
We determine the risk-free interest rate of our awards using the
implied yield currently available for zero-coupon
U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the
expected life of the options. We have not historically paid cash
dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we use an expected
dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions
used for stock option grants made during each year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected years until exercised
|
|
|
4.78
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.22
|
%
|
|
|
4.54
|
%
|
|
|
4.89
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
39.28
|
%
|
|
|
39.39
|
%
|
|
|
41.80
|
%
|
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the years
ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included awards
granted prior to, but not vested at September 30, 2005. The
expense related to those awards was based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of
SFAS No. 123. We use historical data to estimate
forfeitures. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), our estimated
forfeitures should be adjusted as actual forfeitures differ from
our estimates, resulting in stock-based compensation expense
only for those awards that actually vest. During our 2008 fourth
quarter, we adjusted our estimated forfeiture rate to reflect
actual experience and will continue to do so on an ongoing basis
as actual forfeitures differ from our estimates. If factors
change and different assumptions are employed in the application
of SFAS No. 123 (R) in future periods, previously
recognized stock-based compensation expense may require
adjustment.
F-24
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
2002 and 2003 Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2007
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
$
|
21.25
|
|
|
|
6.62
|
|
|
$
|
10,439
|
|
Stock options granted
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
$
|
13.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
$
|
25.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
2,274
|
|
|
$
|
19.91
|
|
|
|
5.74
|
|
|
$
|
6,691
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercisable at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
1,675
|
|
|
$
|
19.70
|
|
|
|
5.26
|
|
|
$
|
5,509
|
|
Stock options expected to vest at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
$
|
20.34
|
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
|
$
|
1,182
|
|
The total fair value of options which vested during the years
ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
$4.4 million, $5.3 million and $4.4 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding
table for the activity during 2008 and at September 30,
2008 represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on our
closing stock price of $17.06 as of September 30, 2008,
which would have been received by the stock option holders had
all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The
total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the
years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
$0.7 million, $0.3 million and $2.8 million,
respectively. The weighted-average grant-date per share fair
value of options granted during the years ended
September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5.01, $10.69 and
$11.42, respectively.
The values for stock options exercised are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Cash received
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
$
|
493
|
|
|
$
|
2,099
|
|
Tax benefits
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
1,085
|
|
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under
the 2003 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2007
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
23.50
|
|
Restricted stock awarded
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
$
|
12.97
|
|
Restricted stock vested
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.44
|
|
Restricted stock forfeited
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
$
|
18.70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2008
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
$
|
15.93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the operating expense line and
the impact on net income in the consolidated statements of
income in which the stock-based compensation expense under
SFAS No. 123(R) has been recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
|
$
|
533
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
5,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
5,325
|
|
|
$
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
2,018
|
|
|
$
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2008, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to nonvested common stock awards was
$14.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 3.3 years.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan that allows eligible
employees to purchase our common stock up to an aggregate of
0.3 million shares at semi-annual intervals through
periodic payroll deductions. The number of shares of common
stock issued under this plan was 0.03 million shares in
each of the years ended September 30, 2008 and 2007,
respectively and 0.04 million shares in the year ended
September 30, 2006. We received proceeds of
$0.4 million, $0.6 million and $1.0 million in
the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. Our plan provides for a market price discount of
5% and application of the market price discount to the closing
stock price at the end of each offering period.
|
|
13.
|
Defined
Contribution Employee Benefit Plan
|
We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) plan, under which our
employees elect to withhold specified amounts from their wages
to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility
with respect to the plan. The plan provides for matching a
portion of employees contributions at managements
discretion. All contributions and matches by us are invested at
the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or
cash. We made matching contributions of approximately
$1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million for
the years ended September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
Our principal business is providing post-secondary education. We
also provide manufacturer-specific training and these operations
are managed separately from our campus operations. These
operations do not currently meet the quantitative criteria for
segments and, therefore, are reflected in the Other category.
Corporate expenses are allocated to Post-Secondary Education and
the Other category based on compensation expense.
F-26
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
Summary information by reportable segment is as follows as of
and for the years ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-secondary education
|
|
$
|
326,308
|
|
|
$
|
336,089
|
|
|
$
|
331,759
|
|
Other
|
|
$
|
17,152
|
|
|
$
|
17,281
|
|
|
$
|
15,307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-secondary education
|
|
$
|
12,025
|
|
|
$
|
23,934
|
|
|
$
|
41,227
|
|
Other
|
|
$
|
(1,328
|
)
|
|
$
|
(184
|
)
|
|
$
|
(487
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
$
|
23,750
|
|
|
$
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-secondary education
|
|
$
|
17,033
|
|
|
$
|
18,265
|
|
|
$
|
13,808
|
|
Other
|
|
$
|
572
|
|
|
$
|
486
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-secondary education
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Other
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-secondary education
|
|
$
|
202,986
|
|
|
$
|
228,389
|
|
|
$
|
208,859
|
|
Other
|
|
$
|
6,389
|
|
|
$
|
4,433
|
|
|
$
|
3,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
Quarterly
Financial Summary (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2008
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
90,035
|
|
|
$
|
88,157
|
|
|
$
|
80,639
|
|
|
$
|
84,629
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
9,304
|
|
|
$
|
2,275
|
|
|
$
|
(1,429
|
)(1)
|
|
$
|
547
|
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
6,483
|
|
|
$
|
1,906
|
|
|
$
|
(724
|
)(1)
|
|
$
|
551
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)(1)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)(1)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
F-27
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2007
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
89,534
|
|
|
$
|
91,651
|
|
|
$
|
85,176
|
|
|
$
|
87,009
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
10,525
|
|
|
$
|
9,450
|
|
|
$
|
5,696
|
|
|
$
|
(1,921
|
)(2)
|
|
$
|
23,750
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
6,910
|
|
|
$
|
6,119
|
|
|
$
|
3,856
|
|
|
$
|
(1,321
|
)(2)
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)(2)
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)(2)
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The loss from operations and net loss incurred during the three
month period ending June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the
increased investment in the new national advertising campaign,
set-up fees
associated with the proprietary loan program and a decline in
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment. |
|
(2) |
|
The loss from operations and net loss incurred during the three
month period ending September 30, 2007 was primarily due to
approximately $4.5 million in operating expense related to
our reduction in force implemented nationwide in September 2007. |
The summation of quarterly net income (loss) per share, and
quarterly net income (loss) per share assuming dilution, does
not equate to the calculation for the full fiscal year as
quarterly calculations are performed on a discrete basis. In
addition, securities may have an anti-dilutive effect during
individual quarters but not for the full year.
F-28
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2005.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003,
between Registrant and certain stockholders signatory thereto.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated October 26, 2004, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
10
|
.1.1
|
|
Modification Agreement, dated July 5, 2006, by and between
the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 7, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.1.2
|
|
Second Modification Agreement, dated October 26, 2007, by
and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 26, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute Executive Benefit Plan, effective
March 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation
Plan (as amended February 28, 2007). (Formerly known as the
2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.6.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment and Non-Interference Agreement,
dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and Robert D.
Hartman, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.8.1*
|
|
Description of terms of continuing relationship between
Registrant and Robert D. Hartman. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 6, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.11*
|
|
Form of Severance Agreement between Registrant and certain
executive officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on January 16, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between
City Park LLC, as successor in interest to 2844 West Deer
Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between
John C. and Cynthia L. White, as trustees of the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton
Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC,
as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and
its directors and officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated October 10, 2007, by
and between GE Commercial Finance Business Property Corporation
and Universal Technical Institute of Massachusetts, Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant of October 12, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Professional Services Agreement with Resources Global
Professionals. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 12, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.18*
|
|
Transition and Separation Agreement, dated March 17, 2008,
between Registrant and Jennifer L. Haslip. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on March 21, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.19*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2008, between
Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 29, 2008.)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
65